[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025037477A1 - Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, and compound - Google Patents

Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, and compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025037477A1
WO2025037477A1 PCT/JP2024/022027 JP2024022027W WO2025037477A1 WO 2025037477 A1 WO2025037477 A1 WO 2025037477A1 JP 2024022027 W JP2024022027 W JP 2024022027W WO 2025037477 A1 WO2025037477 A1 WO 2025037477A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
mass
coloring composition
ring
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2024/022027
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
信哉 西
祐一 安原
良司 折田
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2025037477A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025037477A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3412Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having one nitrogen atom in the ring
    • C08K5/3415Five-membered rings
    • C08K5/3417Five-membered rings condensed with carbocyclic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/04Isoindoline dyes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a coloring composition, a film, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound.
  • Colorants are used in optical filters such as color filters. Traditionally, colorants with different characteristics have been developed for different purposes.
  • JP-A-52-083363 describes a yellowish orange pigment having an isoindoline skeleton and an indandione acid nucleus. JP-A-52-083363 also describes that the yellowish orange pigment is a vivid yellowish orange pigment that has light resistance.
  • JP 2020-26503 A describes a pigment having an isoindoline skeleton and a barbituric acid nucleus. JP 2020-26503 A describes that the pigment can form a coating having excellent heat resistance and light resistance, can produce a composition with good storage stability, and can be used in color filters.
  • the present disclosure has been made in consideration of the above, and provides a coloring composition, a film, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound that can provide a color filter that has high heat resistance and low thermal diffusion to other pixels.
  • a coloring composition comprising a colorant represented by the following formula 1, a resin, and a solvent:
  • a and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • L1 represents an n-valent linking group
  • n represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • the coloring composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, in formula 1, A and B each represent a 6-membered monocyclic structure.
  • L 1 is a divalent linking group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • ⁇ 5> The colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, further comprising at least one of a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.
  • ⁇ 6> The colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, further comprising at least one of a green colorant and a red colorant.
  • ⁇ 7> A film obtained by curing the colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>.
  • ⁇ 8> A color filter having the film according to ⁇ 7>.
  • ⁇ 9> A solid-state imaging device having the film according to ⁇ 7>.
  • An image display device having the film according to ⁇ 7>.
  • ⁇ 11> A compound represented by the following formula 1:
  • a and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • the present disclosure provides a coloring composition, a film, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound that can provide a color filter that has high heat resistance and low thermal diffusion to other pixels.
  • the word "to" is used to mean that the numerical values before and after it are included as the lower limit and upper limit.
  • the upper or lower limit of one numerical range may be replaced with the upper or lower limit of another numerical range.
  • the upper or lower limit of the numerical range may be replaced with a value shown in the examples.
  • the content of each component in the composition means the total content of the multiple substances present in the composition, unless otherwise specified.
  • groups (atomic groups) in the present disclosure descriptions that do not indicate whether they are substituted or unsubstituted include groups (atomic groups) that have no substituents as well as groups (atomic groups) that have a substituent.
  • an "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group that has no substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also an alkyl group that has a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
  • Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams.
  • "(meth)acrylate” refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate
  • “(meth)acrylic” refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic
  • “(meth)acryloyl” refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are values calculated in terms of polystyrene measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
  • total solids refers to the total mass of all components of a composition excluding the solvent.
  • a pigment means a colorant that is poorly soluble in a solvent.
  • the term "step" refers not only to an independent step, but also to a step that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the intended effect of the step is achieved.
  • E- or Z-isomer may be used for oxime compounds having E- and Z-stereoisomers.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure contains a colorant represented by the following formula 1, a resin, and a solvent.
  • a and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • the colored composition of the present disclosure contains a colorant represented by the above formula 1, a resin, and a solvent, and thus a color filter having high heat resistance and low thermal diffusivity to other pixels can be obtained.
  • the action of the coloring composition of the present disclosure is not clear, it is presumed to be as follows.
  • the colorant represented by formula 1 contains a five-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom and a cyclic structure A (i.e., a monocyclic structure or polycyclic structure having five or more members represented by A) adjacent to the five-membered ring, and this structure gives the colorant a yellow color.
  • the colorant represented by Formula 1 contains a five-membered ring having two oxygen atoms and a cyclic structure B adjacent to the five-membered ring (i.e., a monocyclic structure or polycyclic structure having five or more members represented by B), and due to this structure, the colorant has excellent color value.
  • the colorant having the cyclic structures A and B of the present disclosure described in JP-A-52-083363, does not have sufficient heat resistance and has a problem with thermal diffusion to other pixels. It is presumed that the colorant of the present disclosure has many substituents capable of hydrogen bonding in addition to the cyclic structures A and B, and thus forms an association in which intermolecular interactions due to hydrogen bonds or the like act strongly.
  • the colorant that has become an association is stable against heat, and therefore a color filter having high heat resistance and low thermal diffusion to other pixels can be obtained by using a coloring composition containing the colorant of the present disclosure.
  • the present disclosure is in no way limited to the above presumed mechanism.
  • the coloring composition includes a colorant represented by the following formula 1:
  • a and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • n in the above formula 1 is preferably an integer of 2 to 5, more preferably 2 or 3, and even more preferably 2.
  • L 1 is preferably a divalent to pentavalent linking group having 2 to 15 atoms in the main chain, more preferably a divalent or trivalent linking group having 2 to 15 atoms in the main chain, even more preferably a divalent linking group having 2 to 15 atoms in the main chain, and particularly preferably a divalent linking group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms in the main chain.
  • L 1 is also preferably a divalent linking group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the number of atoms in the main chain refers to the number of atoms constituting the main chain. For example, the number of atoms in the main chain in the oxyethylene unit "-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-" is 3.
  • the number of atoms in the main chain of L1 in the above formula 1 is preferably 2 to 15, more preferably 2 to 10, even more preferably 3 to 7, and particularly preferably 3 to 5.
  • the number of atoms in the main chain is 2 or more, a hydrogen bond network is easily formed in the colorant molecule, and high heat resistance is easily exhibited.
  • the degree of freedom of the linking group does not increase too much, the solubility of the colorant molecule does not increase too much, and thermal diffusivity to other pixels is unlikely to be obtained.
  • the main chain of L 1 preferably has 2-20 atoms, more preferably 3-15 atoms, further preferably 4-10 atoms, and particularly preferably 5-7 atoms. From the viewpoint of forming a network of hydrogen bonds within a molecule, it is more important to specify the number of atoms in the main chain of L1 (i.e., the length of the main chain of L1 ) than to specify the type of atoms constituting L1 in the above formula 1.
  • the type of atoms in the main chain of L1 is not particularly limited, and may include, for example, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, or sulfur.
  • the atoms in the main chain of L1 may be, for example, only carbon atoms.
  • the type of atoms in the main chain of L1 may be only one type, or two or more types.
  • L 1 is preferably a divalent linking group or a trivalent linking group, more preferably a divalent linking group.
  • examples of L 1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear, from the viewpoint of intramolecular hydrogen bond network formation, solubility, and thermal diffusivity.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group. Examples of the branched side chain include an alkyl group (e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, etc.).
  • L 1 is a trivalent linking group
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear, from the viewpoint of intramolecular hydrogen bond network formation, solubility, and thermal diffusibility.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group. Examples of the branched side chain include an alkyl group (e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, etc.).
  • L 1 is not limited thereto.
  • * indicates the bonding position with the nitrogen atom of the amide group in formula 1.
  • L 1 is preferably a linking group selected from the group consisting of L 1 -1 to L 1 -17, more preferably L 1 -2, L 1 -3, L 1 -4, L 1 -5, L 1 -6, L 1 -10, or L 1 -17, and further preferably L 1 -3.
  • A represents a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, and A is preferably a monocyclic structure having 6 members.
  • the five- or more-membered monocyclic structure may be either a monocyclic carbocycle or a monocyclic heterocycle.
  • heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • the five- or more-membered monocyclic structure may be a five- or six-membered aromatic carbocycle, a five- or six-membered aromatic heterocycle, a five- or six-membered aliphatic carbocycle, or a five- or six-membered aliphatic heterocycle, and is preferably a six-membered aromatic carbocycle.
  • the 5- or higher-membered monocyclic carbocyclic ring include a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopentene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a 1,3-cyclohexadiene ring, a 1,4-cyclohexadiene ring, and a benzene ring, with a benzene ring being preferred.
  • the 5- or more-membered monocyclic heterocycle include a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperazine ring, a morpholine ring, a lactone ring, a lactam ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, and a 1,2,3-triazine ring, and preferably a pyrazine ring or an imidazole ring.
  • the polycyclic structure may be a structure consisting of a plurality of 5-membered aromatic carbon rings, a structure consisting of a plurality of 6-membered aromatic carbon rings, or a structure in which a 5-membered aromatic carbon ring and a 6-membered aromatic carbon ring are combined.
  • Specific examples of the polycyclic structure include a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetracene ring, a pentacene ring, a pyrene ring, and a phenanthrene ring, and preferably a naphthalene ring.
  • the polycyclic structure may be a heterocycle, and examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • examples of the polycyclic heterocycle include a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a phthalazine ring, a pteridine ring, a coumarin ring, a chromone ring, an indole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzofuran ring, a purine ring, an acridine ring, a phenoxazine ring, and a phenothiazine ring.
  • the five or more membered monocyclic structure and polycyclic structure may have a substituent.
  • the plurality of substituents may be the same or different.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, -NO2 , -SO3H , -N( Ra ) 2 , -SRa , -COOH, -ORa , -O - CORc , -O -CO- ORc , -CONRaRb, -NRa - CO- Rb , -O - CO -NRaRb, -NRa - CO - ORb , -NRa -CO-NRaRb, -SO-Rc, -SO2-Rc, -O-SO2-Rc , -SO2Rc , -SO2
  • R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • R c represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • R d each independently represent an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group combining two or more of these
  • the halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, and more preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, an isobutyl group, or a tert-butyl group.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, or a 3-butenyl group.
  • the alkynyl group is preferably an ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, or a 3-butynyl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a fluorenyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, or a pyridyl group.
  • the alkylene group is preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group.
  • the arylene group is preferably a group in which two hydrogen atoms directly bonded to carbon atoms constituting the ring have been removed from benzene, naphthalene or fluorene.
  • the five-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom and the ring structure A adjacent to the five-membered ring are shown below.
  • the chemical structures of the five-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom and the ring structure A adjacent to the five-membered ring are not limited to these.
  • * represents the bonding position with the carbon atom to which the cyano group in formula 1 is bonded, or the bonding position with the five-membered ring having two oxygen atoms adjacent to ring structure B in formula 1.
  • * represents the bonding position with the carbon atom to which the cyano group in formula 1 is bonded, or the bonding position with the five-membered ring having two oxygen atoms adjacent to ring structure B in formula 1.
  • the five-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom and the ring structure A adjacent to the five-membered ring are preferably chemical structures selected from the group consisting of A-1 to A-9, more preferably chemical structures selected from the group consisting of A-1 to A-5 and A-7 to A-9, and even more preferably A-1 or A-2.
  • B represents a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, and B is preferably a monocyclic structure having 6 members.
  • the five- or more-membered monocyclic structure may be either a monocyclic carbocycle or a monocyclic heterocycle.
  • heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • the five- or more-membered monocyclic structure may be a five- or six-membered aromatic carbocycle, a five- or six-membered aromatic heterocycle, a five- or six-membered aliphatic carbocycle, or a five- or six-membered aliphatic heterocycle, and is preferably a six-membered aromatic carbocycle.
  • the 5- or higher-membered monocyclic carbocyclic ring include a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopentene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a 1,3-cyclohexadiene ring, a 1,4-cyclohexadiene ring, and a benzene ring, with a benzene ring being preferred.
  • Examples of the 5- or more-membered monocyclic heterocycle include a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperazine ring, a morpholine ring, a lactone ring, a lactam ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, and a 1,2,3-triazine ring, and preferably a pyrazine ring or a thiophene ring
  • the polycyclic structure may be a structure consisting of a plurality of 5-membered aromatic carbon rings, a structure consisting of a plurality of 6-membered aromatic carbon rings, or a structure in which a 5-membered aromatic carbon ring and a 6-membered aromatic carbon ring are combined.
  • Specific examples of the polycyclic structure include a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetracene ring, a pentacene ring, a pyrene ring, and a phenanthrene ring, and preferably a naphthalene ring.
  • the polycyclic structure may be a heterocycle, and examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • examples of the polycyclic heterocycle include a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a phthalazine ring, a pteridine ring, a coumarin ring, a chromone ring, an indole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzofuran ring, a purine ring, an acridine ring, a phenoxazine ring, and a phenothiazine ring.
  • the five or more membered monocyclic structure and polycyclic structure may have a substituent.
  • the plurality of substituents may be the same or different.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, -NO2 , -SO3H , -N( Ra ) 2 , -SRa , -COOH, -ORa , -O- CORc , -O -CO -ORc , -CONRaRb, -NRa - CO- Rb , -O - CO -NRaRb, -NRa - CO - ORb , -NRa -CO-NRaRb, -SO-Rc, -SO2-Rc, -O-SO2-Rc , -SO2Rc , -SO2
  • R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • R c represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • R d each independently represent an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group combining two or more of these
  • the halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, an isobutyl group, or a tert-butyl group.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, or a 3-butenyl group.
  • the alkynyl group is preferably an ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, or a 3-butynyl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a fluorenyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, or a pyridyl group.
  • the alkylene group is preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group.
  • the arylene group is preferably a group in which two hydrogen atoms directly bonded to carbon atoms constituting the ring have been removed from benzene, naphthalene or fluorene.
  • the five-membered ring having two oxygen atoms and the ring structure B adjacent to the five-membered ring are preferably chemical structures selected from the group consisting of B-1 to B-9, and more preferably B-1 or B-2.
  • n values L 1 -1 to L 1 -17, A-1 to A-9, and B-1 to B-9 are preferably used as the colorant of the present disclosure. More preferred specific examples of the colorant represented by formula 1 of the present disclosure are shown below. However, the colorant of the present disclosure is not limited to these.
  • the content of the colorant represented by Formula 1 is preferably 0.01% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 80% by mass, still more preferably 10% by mass to 75% by mass, and particularly preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition, from the viewpoint of color value.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain one type alone or two or more types of colorants represented by the above formula 1. When the coloring composition of the present disclosure contains two or more types of colorants represented by the above formula 1, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the molecular weight of the colorant disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 10,000, more preferably 400 to 5,000, and even more preferably 500 to 3,000.
  • the colorant of the present disclosure preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm, and more preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 550 nm.
  • the colorant of the present disclosure is preferably a pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, and even more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, even more preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation.
  • the crystallite size of the pigment determined from the half-width of a peak derived from any crystal plane in an X-ray diffraction spectrum obtained using CuK ⁇ rays as an X-ray source, is preferably 0.1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 50 nm, even more preferably 1 nm to 30 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 25 nm.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may further contain one or more colorants other than the colorant represented by Formula 1 above.
  • Other colorants include chromatic colorants and black colorants.
  • Chromatic colorants include colorants having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm. For example, green colorants, red colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, blue colorants, orange colorants, etc.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure preferably contains at least one of a green colorant and a red colorant.
  • the other colorants may be pigments or dyes.
  • the other colorant is preferably at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a quinacridone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a perylene pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, an isoindoline pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, and an azomethine pigment.
  • a black pigment can be used, which is a pigment containing one or more atoms selected from carbon black, titanium atoms, and zirconium atoms.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, and even more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, even more preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter is the arithmetic average value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation.
  • the crystallite size of the pigment determined from the half-width of a peak derived from any crystal plane in an X-ray diffraction spectrum obtained using CuK ⁇ rays as an X-ray source, is preferably 0.1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 50 nm, even more preferably 1 nm to 30 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 25 nm.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a green colorant.
  • green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds (e.g., copper phthalocyanine compounds and zinc phthalocyanine compounds) and squarylium compounds, and are preferably phthalocyanine compounds.
  • the green colorant is preferably a pigment.
  • Specific examples of green colorants include C.I. PG (Color Index Pigment Green) 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63 (e.g., PG63-1 described in JP-A-2018-141894), 64, 65, 66, and green pigments such as G1.
  • Preferred green colorants are C.I. PG36 (copper phthalocyanine compound), 58 (zinc phthalocyanine compound), 63 (e.g. PG63-1 described in JP2018-141894A), and G1.
  • the chemical structure of G1 is as follows:
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a red colorant.
  • the red colorant include a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, an anthraquinone compound, an azo compound, a naphthol compound, an azomethine compound, a xanthene compound, a quinacridone compound, a perylene compound, and a thioindigo compound. Of these, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, an anthraquinone compound, a quinacridone compound, or a perylene compound is preferable.
  • the red colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of the red colorant include those listed in the C.I.PR (Color Index) standard.
  • Red pigments include 55,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297.
  • the compound described in paragraph 0034 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as a red colorant.
  • a red colorant Lumogen F Orange 240 (manufactured by BASF, red pigment, perylene pigment) can also be used.
  • the red colorant is preferably C.I. PR122 (quinacridone compound), 177 (anthraquinone compound), 224 (perylene compound), 254 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound), 264 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound), or 272 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound).
  • yellow colorant examples include an azo compound, an azomethine compound, an isoindoline compound, a pteridine compound, a quinophthalone compound, and a perylene compound.
  • the yellow colorant is preferably a pigment, and is preferably a quinophthalone compound, an azomethine compound, or an isoindoline compound.
  • Specific examples of the yellow colorant include C.I.PY (Color Index) pigments.
  • Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 12 5, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213,
  • Preferred yellow colorants are C.I. PY129 (azomethine compound), 138 (quinophthalone compound), and 185 (isoindoline compound).
  • Orange colorants include orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.
  • purple colorants examples include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
  • blue colorants examples include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88.
  • Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
  • Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants.
  • the dyes there are no particular limitations on the dyes, and any known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo dyes, anilino azo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyrromethene dyes.
  • a dye polymer can also be used as the chromatic colorant.
  • the dye polymer is preferably a dye dissolved in an organic solvent before use.
  • the dye polymer may also form particles. When the dye polymer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • a dye polymer in a particulate state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples of the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682 include the compound described in paragraph 0048 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the chromatic colorant includes a triarylmethane dye polymer described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, a xanthene compound described in JP 2020-117638 A, a phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2020/174991 A, an isoindoline compound or a salt thereof described in JP 2020-160279 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070 A Compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No.
  • 10-2020-0069067 compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2022/004261, and halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2021/250883 can be used.
  • the other colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-shaped structure, or may be used in both structures.
  • colorants include quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, polymer dyes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0061793, colorants described in JP-A-2022-029701, isoindoline compounds described in WO 2022/014635, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2022/024926, compounds described in JP-A-2022-045895, compounds described in WO 2022/050051, compounds described in JP-A-2020-090676, compounds described in JP-A-2020-055956, Compounds described in JP 2021-031681 A, compounds described in JP 2022-056354 A, compounds described in US Patent Application Publication No.
  • Two or more chromatic colorants may be used in combination. When two or more chromatic colorants are used in combination, the combination of two or more chromatic colorants may form black.
  • the black colorant is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used.
  • the black colorant may be an inorganic black colorant or an organic black colorant.
  • the black colorant is preferably a pigment.
  • the black colorant means a colorant that exhibits absorption over the entire range of wavelengths from 400 to 700 nm.
  • examples of inorganic black colorants include carbon black, titanium black, graphite, zirconium oxynitride, and zirconium nitride. Titanium black is a black particle containing titanium atoms, and low-order titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride are preferred. Titanium black can be the titanium black described in paragraph 0044 of International Publication No. 2022/085485.
  • Zirconium nitride can be the compound described in JP-A-2023-048173.
  • organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferred.
  • the organic black coloring material may be a compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2022/065215.
  • the organic black coloring material may be perylene black (Lumogen Black FK4280, etc.) described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP 2017-226821 A, or a black azo pigment described in JP 2022-121935 A.
  • the content of the other colorant may be 0.01% by mass to 90% by mass, 0.1% by mass to 80% by mass, 10% by mass to 75% by mass, or 30% by mass to 70% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain one type of other colorant alone or two or more types. When the coloring composition of the present disclosure contains one or more other colorants, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative is used, for example, as a dispersing aid.
  • examples of the pigment derivative include a compound having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a colorant skeleton.
  • Examples of the pigment skeletons that make up the pigment derivatives include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, an azo dye skeleton, an azomethine dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, an anthraquinone dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, a dioxazine dye skeleton, a perinone dye skeleton, a perylene dye skeleton, a thioindigo dye ske
  • Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof, with a sulfo group being preferred.
  • Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion.
  • a preferred example of the carboxylic acid amide group is a group represented by -NHCOR X1 .
  • a preferred example of the sulfonic acid amide group is a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 .
  • a preferred example of the imide acid group is a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 , or SO 2 NHCOR X6 , with -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 being more preferred.
  • R x1 to R x6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R x1 to R x6 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, and more preferably a fluor
  • Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salts, an ammonium group salt, a phthalimidomethyl group, -SR X7 N(R X8 ) 2 , and a group represented by -SO 2 R X9 SO 2 NHR X10 N(R X11 ) 2 , with -SR X7 N(R X8 ) 2 and -SO 2 R X9 SO 2 NHR X10 N(R X11 ) 2 being preferred.
  • R X7 to R X11 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include a hydroxide ion, a halogen ion, a carboxylate ion, a sulfonate ion, and a phenoxide ion.
  • the pigment derivative may be a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative).
  • the maximum molar absorption coefficient ( ⁇ max) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 nm to 700 nm is preferably 3,000 L mol- 1 cm- 1 or less, more preferably 1,000 L mol- 1 cm -1 or less, and even more preferably 100 L mol- 1 cm -1 or less.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L mol- 1 cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L mol- 1 cm -1 or more.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative represented by the above formula 1.
  • a pigment derivative represented by the above formula 1 Preferred specific examples of the pigment derivative represented by the above formula 1 are shown below as Y-31 to Y-33, but the pigment derivative represented by the above formula 1 is not limited thereto.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a colored derivative in addition to the pigment derivatives described above.
  • a colored derivative is pigment derivative X-1 having the following structure.
  • pigment derivatives include the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, the benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, the compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282 A, the compounds described in JP 2019-172968 A, and the compounds described in the specification of Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 115124889.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 part by mass to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present disclosure.
  • the total content of the pigment derivative and the colorant may be 0.01% by mass to 90% by mass, 0.1% by mass to 80% by mass, 10% by mass to 75% by mass, or 30% by mass to 70% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure includes a resin.
  • the resin is blended for use as a dispersant for dispersing a colorant or the like in the colored composition, or as a binder when preparing the colored composition.
  • such uses of the resin are merely examples, and the resin may be used for purposes other than these uses.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, vinyl acetate resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, polyurethane resins, polyurea resins, etc.
  • One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more may be mixed and used.
  • norbornene resin is preferred from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance.
  • Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series (e.g., ARTON F4520) manufactured by JSR Corporation.
  • examples of the resin include those described in the examples of WO 2016/088645, those described in JP 2017-057265 A, those described in JP 2017-032685 A, those described in JP 2017-075248 A, those described in JP 2017-066240 A, those described in JP 2017-167513 A, those described in JP 2017-173787 A, and those described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of JP 2017-206689 A.
  • resins having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used as the resin.
  • a resin having an acid group examples include a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group. These acid groups may be of only one type or of two or more types.
  • the resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 mgKOH/g to 500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the resin may also be the compound described in paragraphs 0056 to 0059 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group.
  • a resin having a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetanyl group it is preferable to use a resin having a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetanyl group.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (X).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide or propylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol.
  • Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • resin Ac a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group
  • the aromatic carboxyl group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit, or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxyl group is contained in the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • an aromatic carboxyl group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and the repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).
  • Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 1 represents --COO-- or CONH--
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group
  • Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 11 represents --COO-- or CONH--
  • L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, etc.
  • examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
  • Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
  • the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group or a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13).
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and are preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and further preferably 1. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or greater.
  • Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the above formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • *1 represents the bonding position to L1 in formula (Ac-1).
  • L1 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and preferably represents --COO--.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the arylene group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-.
  • L 2a may be an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group combining an alkylene group and an arylene group; a group combining at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and S-, and is preferably an alkylene group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group.
  • the aromatic carboxyl group-containing group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • L11 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and preferably represents --COO--.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these.
  • the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
  • L 12b represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2).
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b include a hydrocarbon group; a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-; and the like, and a hydrocarbon group or a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with -O- is preferred.
  • L 12c represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2).
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c include a hydrocarbon group; a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-; and the like, with a hydrocarbon group being preferred.
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly(meth)acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units, and polyol repeating units.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 1,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good.
  • the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group may be an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure preferably contains a resin as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant is preferably 10 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g.
  • the basic dispersant refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than 50 mol% is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a graft polymer.
  • the graft polymer refer to paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the resin is a graft polymer having a graft chain, the graft chain includes at least one type selected from the group consisting of a polyether chain, a polyester chain, and a polyacrylic chain, and the weight average molecular weight of the graft chain is 1,000 or more.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of the main chain and side chain.
  • a resin having a main chain with a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less and a side chain with an atomic number of 40 to 10,000, and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and side chain is preferable.
  • the basic nitrogen atom so long as it is a nitrogen atom that exhibits basicity.
  • polyimine-based dispersants please refer to the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably one having a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core portion.
  • resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
  • dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP 2013-043962 A.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 mol % to 70 mol %, of all repeating units of the resin.
  • a resin having an oxetane group for example, a resin described in WO 2021/182268 or WO 2021/187257 can be used.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin containing an oxetane group on the side chain, and more preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an oxetane group on the side chain.
  • the resin containing an oxetane group in the side chain is preferably a graft polymer. Suitable examples of the resin containing an oxetane group in a side chain include those described in the Examples below.
  • the content of repeating units having an oxetane group in a side chain in the above resin is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 mol % to 70 mol %, of all repeating units in the resin.
  • resins described in JP 2018-087939 A, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6,432,077 A, polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in WO 2016/104803 A, block copolymers described in WO 2019/125940 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066687 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066688 A, dispersants described in WO 2016/104803 A, and the like can also be used.
  • polyamic acid type dispersing resins and polyimide type dispersing resins can also be used.
  • dispersants described in WO 2022/019253, WO 2022/019254, and WO 2022/019255 can also be used.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercially available products, and specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Corp. (e.g., Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), and the Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.
  • the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.
  • the content of the resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure contains a resin as a dispersant
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the colored composition of the present disclosure may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types of resins are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may, for example, be a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • resin-type polymerizable compounds include resins containing repeating units with radically polymerizable groups.
  • the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight-average molecular weight is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the monomer-type polymerizable compound is preferably less than 2,000, and more preferably 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 200 or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0128 of WO 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP 2017-194662 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group may be a compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, or a phosphate group, a compound having a caprolactone structure, a compound having an alkyleneoxy group, or a compound having a fluorene skeleton.
  • UA-7200 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • DPHA-40H manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA
  • 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Light Acrylate POB-A0 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination with two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators.
  • the photopolymerization initiator for example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • Photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazole dimer, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, or a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound, more preferably a compound selected from an oxime compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (all manufactured by BASF).
  • commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, IRGACURE-379, and IRGACURE-379EG (all manufactured by BASF).
  • commercially available acylphosphine compounds include IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (all manufactured by BASF).
  • Examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232) described compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-T-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Japanese Patent No.
  • oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
  • IRGACURE-OXE01 IRGACURE-OXE02
  • IRGACURE-OXE03 IRGACURE-OXE04
  • TR-PBG-304 manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.
  • ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052
  • oxime compound it is also preferable to use a compound that is not colorable or a compound that is highly transparent and does not easily discolor.
  • WO 2019/013112 having a triarylamine or N-arylcarbazole skeleton, an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 7219378, a photopolymerization initiator described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2021-0146174, a photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. WO 2019/013112, a photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2023-033731 can be used.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP 2014-137466 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP 2014-500852 A, and compound (C-3) described in JP 2013-164471 A. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as a photopolymerization initiator. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is a dimer.
  • Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 A and paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 A, and ADEKA ARCLES NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • Oxime compounds having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as photopolymerization initiators. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
  • oxime compounds having an indole skeleton, oxime compounds having a dibenzofuran skeleton, and oxime compounds having an alkyl group with a cycloalkane as a substituent can also be used as photopolymerization initiators.
  • oxime compounds that are preferably used are shown below, but are not limited to these.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 nm to 480 nm.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1,000 to 300,000, even more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 200,000.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.
  • examples of polymerization initiators that can be polymerized by both light and heat include the peroxide compounds described in MATERIAL STAGE pp. 37-60, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019, WO 2018/221177, WO 2018/110179, or JP 2019-43864 A.
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity is reduced and the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, so that precipitation is less likely to occur over time, and the stability over time of the coloring composition can be improved.
  • bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include the dimers of oxime compounds described in JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2011-524436, WO-P-2015/004565, WO-P-2016-532675, paragraphs 0407 to 0412, and WO-P-2017/033680, paragraphs 0039 to 0055, and the compounds described in JP-T-2013-522445.
  • the photoinitiator include compound (E) and compound (G), Cmpd1 to 7 described in International Publication No.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition of the present disclosure is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants may be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% to 25% by mass. Fluorine surfactants with a fluorine content within this range are effective in terms of uniformity of the coating film thickness and liquid saving, and also have good solubility in the coloring composition.
  • fluorosurfactants compounds described in paragraphs 0167 to 0173 of WO 2022/085485, fluorine-containing copolymers described in JP 2022-000494 A, etc. can also be used.
  • nonionic surfactant the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.
  • Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentum Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples include BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, and BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerium salts, etc.).
  • p-methoxyphenol is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain an infrared absorbing agent.
  • an infrared transmission filter is formed using the coloring composition of the present disclosure, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by containing an infrared absorbing agent in the coloring composition can be shifted to a longer wavelength side.
  • the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than a wavelength of 700 nm.
  • the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and not more than 1800 nm.
  • the ratio A 1 /A 2 of the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the infrared absorbing agent to the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
  • Examples of the infrared absorber include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, and metal borides.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0114 to 0121 of WO 2022/065215, the compounds described in paragraphs 0144 to 0146 of WO 2021/049441, the croconic acid compounds described in JP 2021-195515 A, the near infrared absorbing dyes described in JP 2022-022070 A, the croconium compounds described in WO 2019/021767 A, the compounds described in JP 2019-127549 A, and the compounds described in WO 2022/059619 A can also be used.
  • the content of the infrared absorbing agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain only one type of infrared absorbing agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of infrared absorbing agents are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and the like. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485.
  • ultraviolet absorbers reactive triazine ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2021-178918, ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2022-007884, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds.
  • the phenolic compound any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used.
  • a preferred phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound.
  • a compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferred.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferred.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be suitably used as the antioxidant.
  • phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite.
  • antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.3% by mass to 15% by mass. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure can contain an epoxy compound.
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the number of epoxy groups in one molecule may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the epoxy compound may be a low molecular weight compound (e.g., molecular weight less than 1000) or a high molecular weight compound (macromolecule) (e.g., molecular weight 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, weight average molecular weight 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the epoxy compound is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
  • the content of the epoxy compound is preferably 0.0001 to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. Only one type of epoxy compound may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure includes a solvent.
  • the solvent include organic solvents.
  • the type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied.
  • the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents.
  • ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate ...
  • Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol.
  • diacetone alcohol also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone
  • 2-methoxypropyl acetate 2-methoxy-1-propanol,
  • the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).
  • an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content.
  • the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (i.e., compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Also, the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer or multiple types of isomers.
  • the peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure is substantially free of environmentally regulated substances.
  • substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the coloring composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less.
  • environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • distillation methods can be performed at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of a colored composition prepared by mixing these compounds.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator include a thiol compound, a methylol compound, an amine compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an amidine salt compound, an amide compound, a base generator, an isocyanate compound, an alkoxysilane compound, and an onium salt compound.
  • Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compounds described in paragraph 0164 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably from 0.3% by mass to 8.9% by mass, and more preferably from 0.8% by mass to 6.4% by mass.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent refers to a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferred.
  • Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of WO 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP-A 2019-183020.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 15.0% by mass, and more preferably from 0.05% by mass to 10.0% by mass.
  • the silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent include a thiol compound (hereinafter also referred to as a "thiol-based chain transfer agent"), a thiocarbonylthio compound, and an aromatic ⁇ -methylalkenyl dimer.
  • Thiol-based chain transfer agents are preferred because they make it easy to adjust the line width of the pattern even when used in a small amount.
  • the chain transfer agent is preferably a compound that is less colored.
  • the thiol chain transfer agent is a compound having one or more thiol groups, and preferably a compound having two or more thiol groups.
  • the upper limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 8 or less, and most preferably 6 or less.
  • the lower limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably 3 or more. From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is particularly preferable that the thiol chain transfer agent is a compound having four thiol groups.
  • the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably a thiol chain transfer agent in which the carbon to which the thiol group is bonded has a substituent, and more preferably a thiol chain transfer agent in which the carbon to which the thiol group is bonded has an alkyl group as a substituent.
  • Aromatic ⁇ -methylalkenyl dimer An example of the aromatic ⁇ -methylalkenyl dimer is 2,4-diphenyl-4-methyl-1-pentene.
  • RAFT reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer
  • the molecular weight of the chain transfer agent is preferably 200 or more, since this can suppress contamination of the apparatus due to sublimation.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 600 or less, since this can increase the SH valence per unit mass.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a filler, a heat curing accelerator, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (for example, conductive particles, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension adjusters, etc.).
  • auxiliaries for example, conductive particles, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension adjusters, etc.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film.
  • the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 .
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 nm to 50 nm.
  • the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a light resistance improver.
  • the light resistance improver may be the compound described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure is substantially free of terephthalic acid esters.
  • substantially free means that the content of terephthalic acid esters in the total amount of the coloring composition is 1000 ppb by mass or less, more preferably 100 ppb by mass or less, and particularly preferably zero.
  • the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be restricted.
  • the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • a coloring composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt may be selected by using a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt.
  • Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from the scope of regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt within the maximum allowable range. From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, the use of fluorine-containing compounds may be regulated.
  • the content of the fluorine-containing compound in the curable composition is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.1% by mass or less.
  • the curable composition may be substantially free of fluorine-containing compounds.
  • the water content of the coloring composition of the present disclosure is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 1.0% by mass.
  • the water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the colored composition of the present disclosure can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, etc.
  • the value of the viscosity can be appropriately selected as necessary, and is preferably, for example, 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s, and more preferably 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s at 25° C.
  • the viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer, with the temperature adjusted to 25° C.
  • the amount of chloride ions in the coloring composition is preferably 10,000 ppm or less, more preferably 1000 ppm or less, from the viewpoints of environmental friendliness, suppression of foreign matter generation, suppression of equipment contamination, etc.
  • a method of using a raw material with a low chloride ion content a method of removing chloride ions by washing with water, ion exchange resin, filter filtration, etc., etc. can be mentioned.
  • a known method can be used as a method for measuring chloride ions, and examples thereof include ion chromatography, combustion ion chromatography, etc.
  • the container for storing the coloring composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used.
  • the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as the container.
  • the coloring composition of the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • all components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the coloring composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are mixed at the time of use (for example, at the time of application) to prepare the coloring composition.
  • the preparation of the coloring composition includes a process for dispersing the pigment.
  • examples of mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion.
  • beads with a small diameter it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter, increase the bead packing rate, and perform the process under conditions that increase the grinding efficiency.
  • the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment may be suitably used as described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Joho Kika Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005” or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Application Practice Focusing on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and in paragraph number 0022 of JP2015-157893A.
  • a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles.
  • the descriptions in, for example, JP2015-194521A and JP2012-046629A may be referred to.
  • beads used for dispersion zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, glass, or a combination thereof may be used.
  • inorganic compounds with a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can be used.
  • the composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the above beads.
  • the coloring composition When preparing the coloring composition, it is preferable to filter the coloring composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter, reducing defects, etc.
  • a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter, reducing defects, etc.
  • the filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
  • the film according to the present disclosure is a film formed by curing the colored composition according to the present disclosure.
  • the curing method is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include curing by exposure to actinic rays such as ultraviolet light, and curing by heating.
  • the film according to the present disclosure is preferably, for example, in the form of a thin film.
  • the film according to the present disclosure can be used in optical filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters. In particular, it can be preferably used as color pixels of color filters. Examples of color pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels.
  • the thickness of the film according to the present disclosure can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose, but is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the upper limit of the film thickness is more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 1.5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the method for producing a film according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but preferably includes a step of irradiating the colored composition according to the present disclosure with light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 400 nm.
  • the film according to the present disclosure can be produced through a process of applying the coloring composition according to the present disclosure to a support.
  • the film production method preferably further includes a process of forming a pattern (pixels).
  • Methods for forming the pattern (pixels) include photolithography and dry etching, with photolithography being preferred.
  • Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a coloring composition layer on a support using the coloring composition of the present disclosure, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the coloring composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
  • the coloring composition layer is formed on a support using the coloring composition of the present disclosure.
  • the support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application.
  • a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable.
  • a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • a black matrix for isolating each pixel may also be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • a base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface.
  • the base layer may be formed using a composition obtained by removing the colorant from the coloring composition described in the present disclosure, or a composition containing the resin, polymerizable compound, surfactant, etc. described in the present disclosure.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20° to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30° to 80° when measured with water.
  • a known method can be used to apply the coloring composition.
  • the method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
  • the colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked).
  • prebaking may not be performed.
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, and can also be 80°C or more.
  • the prebaking time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.
  • the colored composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the colored composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like, through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to be cured.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line, h-line, i-line, etc.
  • Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less can also be used.
  • Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred.
  • Long-wavelength light sources of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).
  • the irradiation amount is, for example, preferably 0.03 J/cm 2 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 1.0 J/cm 2.
  • the oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or exposure may be performed under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%).
  • the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5,000 W/m 2 , 15,000 W/m 2 , or 35,000 W/m 2 ).
  • the oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined.
  • the oxygen concentration may be 10% by volume and the illuminance may be 10,000 W/m 2
  • the oxygen concentration may be 35% by volume and the illuminance may be 20,000 W/m 2 .
  • the unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels).
  • the unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer.
  • the coloring composition layer in the unexposed parts in the exposure step dissolves into the developer, and only the photocured parts remain.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20°C to 30°C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds.
  • the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
  • the developer may be an organic solvent, an alkaline developer, etc., and an alkaline developer is preferably used.
  • an alkaline developer is preferably used.
  • the developer and development method described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485 may be used.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100°C to 240°C, more preferably 200°C to 240°C.
  • Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
  • a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
  • the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less.
  • additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • the color filter according to the present disclosure has the film according to the present disclosure.
  • the color filter preferably has the film according to the present disclosure as its colored pixels.
  • the film thickness of the film disclosed herein in a color filter can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the width of the pixels included in the color filter is preferably 0.4 ⁇ m to 10.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.4 ⁇ m or more, even more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the Young's modulus of the pixels is preferably 0.5 GPa to 20 GPa, and more preferably 2.5 GPa to 15 GPa.
  • Each pixel included in the color filter preferably has high flatness.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 15 nm or less. Although the lower limit is not specified, it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example.
  • the surface roughness of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco.
  • the contact angle of water on the pixel can be set to an appropriate preferred value, but is typically in the range of 50° to 110°. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT-A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel is high.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 10 9 ⁇ cm or more, more preferably 10 11 ⁇ cm or more.
  • the upper limit is not specified, it is preferably 10 14 ⁇ cm or less, for example.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest Corporation).
  • a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film according to the present disclosure.
  • various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive.
  • the components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4, etc., and may contain two or more of these components.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 .
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended to reduce reflection, preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.
  • the protective layer may contain additives such as organic or inorganic particles, absorbents for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet light, near infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesion agents, and surfactants, as necessary.
  • organic or inorganic particles include polymer particles (e.g., silicone resin particles, polystyrene particles, melamine resin particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate.
  • Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of specific wavelengths.
  • the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer may also be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.
  • the solid-state imaging device has the film according to the present disclosure.
  • the configuration of the solid-state imaging element is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging element, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • the configuration has a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) on a substrate, a light-shielding film on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes with only the light receiving parts of the photodiodes open, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving parts of the photodiodes, and a color filter on the device protection film.
  • the configuration may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc.; the same applies below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (i.e., on the side closer to the substrate), or a configuration may have a light-collecting means on the color filter.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a lattice shape.
  • the partitions preferably have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel.
  • imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A.
  • an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance.
  • the imaging device including the solid-state imaging element according to the present disclosure can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices having an imaging function (such as mobile phones), as well as vehicle-mounted cameras and surveillance cameras.
  • Image display device The image display device according to the present disclosure has the film according to the present disclosure.
  • Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • the definition of the image display device and details of each image display device are described, for example, in “Electronic Display Devices (by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990)” and “Display Devices (by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989)".
  • the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994)".
  • There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present disclosure can be applied and the present disclosure can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".
  • a and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • the compound represented by the above formula 1 is preferably a colorant, and more preferably a pigment.
  • Synthesis Example 1 Synthesis of compound (Y-1) Butylenediamine (compound a-3) 20.1 ml (0.2 mol), ethyl cyanoacetate 46.7 ml (0.44 mol), and ethanol 40 ml were stirred for 2 hours at an internal temperature of 55° C. Then, the precipitated product was filtered by suction, and the residue was washed with a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate 200 ml and hexane 600 ml, to isolate bis-cyanoacetylbutylenediamine (compound b-3). Yield: 40.0 g, yield: 90%.
  • PR122 C.I. Pigment Red 122 [quinacridone compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
  • PR177 C.I. Pigment Red 177 [anthraquinone compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
  • PR224 C.I. Pigment Red 224 [perylene compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
  • PR254 C.I. Pigment Red 254 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
  • PR264 C.I. Pigment Red 264 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
  • PR272 C.I. Pigment Red 272 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
  • PG36 C.I.
  • Pigment Green 36 [copper phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
  • PG58 C.I. Pigment Green 58 [zinc phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
  • PG63 C.I. Pigment Green 63 ((PG63-1) described in JP-A-2018-141894)
  • PY129 C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 [azomethine copper complex, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY139 C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY185 C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • G1 A compound having the following structure:
  • D1 30% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acrylate (PGMEA) solution of a resin having the following structure.
  • the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 24,000.
  • D2 40% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure.
  • the numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Mw: 11,000.
  • D3 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure.
  • the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio
  • the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 17,000.
  • D4 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure.
  • the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio
  • the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Mw 7000.
  • D6 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure.
  • the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Mw 10,000.
  • D11 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure.
  • the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio
  • the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Mw 7500.
  • UV1 The following compound.
  • UV2 The following compounds.
  • CT-4000 manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.
  • CT-4000 was applied to a glass substrate by spin coating so that the film thickness was 0.1 ⁇ m, and heated at 220 ° C. for 1 hour using a hot plate to form an undercoat layer.
  • Each coloring composition was applied to the glass substrate with the undercoat layer by spin coating, and then heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a coating film.
  • the obtained coating film was irradiated with light having a wavelength of 365 nm and exposed at an exposure dose of 500 mJ / cm 2. Next, the film was heated at 220 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a cured film with a film thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • the obtained cured film was measured for light transmittance (transmittance) in the range of 400 to 700 nm using an instantaneous multi-photometering system MCPD-3000 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
  • the cured film prepared above was heated at 265 ° C. for 5 minutes.
  • the transmittance of the cured film after heating was measured to determine the maximum change in transmittance, and the heat resistance was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
  • the transmittance was measured five times for each sample, and the average of the three results excluding the maximum and minimum values was used.
  • the maximum change in transmittance means the change in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm at which the change in transmittance of the cured film was the largest before and after heating. In Table 10, * indicates that the transmittance was not measured.
  • Each coloring composition was applied by spin coating onto an 8-inch (203.2 mm) glass wafer with an undercoat layer so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.5 ⁇ m, and then heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a coloring composition layer.
  • this colored composition layer was exposed to light through a mask of a 5.0 ⁇ m square dot pattern at an exposure dose of 1000 mJ/cm 2 using an i-line stepper exposure device (FPA-3000i5+, manufactured by Canon Inc.).
  • the glass wafer on which the colored composition layer after exposure was formed was placed on the horizontal rotating table of a spin-shower developer (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and paddle development was performed for 60 seconds at 23 ° C. using a developer (60% diluted solution of CD-2000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.)). Thereafter, the glass wafer was fixed to the horizontal rotating table by a vacuum chuck method, and while rotating the glass wafer at a rotation speed of 50 rpm by a rotating device, pure water was supplied from a spray nozzle in a shower-like manner from above the center of the rotation to perform a rinse treatment, and spray-dried.
  • a spin-shower developer DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.
  • a heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200 ° C. to form a pixel 1.
  • a colored composition for evaluating thermal diffusion resistance was used to form pixel 2 in the missing portion of pixel 1 on the glass wafer in the same manner as pixel 1.
  • the transmittance (spectral spectrum 1) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm was measured using a microscopy system (LVmicro V, manufactured by Lambda Vision Co., Ltd.). Thereafter, the glass wafer on which pixel 1 and pixel 2 were formed was heated at 260° C.
  • the transmittance (spectral spectrum 2) of pixel 2 in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm was measured using a microscopy system (LVmicro V, manufactured by Lambda Vision Co., Ltd.).
  • the maximum change in transmittance was determined using spectrum 1 and spectrum 2 of pixel 2, and the thermal diffusion resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • the transmittance was measured five times for each sample, and the average of the three results excluding the maximum and minimum values was used.
  • the maximum change in transmittance refers to the change in the wavelength at which the change in transmittance of pixel 2 was the largest before and after heating in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • blue colored composition 1 shown below was used as the colored composition for evaluating the thermal diffusion resistance.
  • a blue colored composition 1 was prepared by mixing 85.14 parts by mass of the dispersion B1, 0.05 parts by mass of the binder D8, 0.90 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator F3, 0.01 parts by mass of the polymerization inhibitor H1, 0.01 parts by mass of the surfactant W1, and 13.89 parts by mass of the solvent S1.
  • the solvent S1, the dispersant D12, the binder D8, the photopolymerization initiator F3, the polymerization inhibitor H1, and the surfactant W1 are the materials described above.
  • the coloring compositions of the examples had higher heat resistance and lower thermal diffusion to other pixels than the coloring compositions of the comparative examples.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a coloring composition that contains a coloring agent represented by formula 1, a resin and a solvent; a film; a color filter; a solid state imaging device; an image display device; and a compound. In formula 1, A and B are each independently an at least 5-membered monocyclic structure or polycyclic structure, L1 is an n-valent linking group, and n is an integer of 2 or more.

Description

着色組成物、膜、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、及び化合物Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and compound

 本開示は、着色組成物、膜、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、及び化合物に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a coloring composition, a film, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound.

 カラーフィルタ等の光学フィルタには、着色剤が用いられている。従来、各々の目的に応じて、それぞれ特徴を有する着色剤が開発されている。 Colorants are used in optical filters such as color filters. Traditionally, colorants with different characteristics have been developed for different purposes.

 例えば、特開昭52-083363号公報には、イソインドリン骨格及びインダンジオン酸性核を有する黄味橙色顔料が記載されている。特開昭52-083363号公報には、上記黄味橙色顔料は、耐光性を有する鮮明な黄味橙色顔料であることが記載されている。 For example, JP-A-52-083363 describes a yellowish orange pigment having an isoindoline skeleton and an indandione acid nucleus. JP-A-52-083363 also describes that the yellowish orange pigment is a vivid yellowish orange pigment that has light resistance.

 特開2020-26503号公報には、イソインドリン骨格及びバルビツール酸酸性核を有する顔料が記載されている。特開2020-26503号公報には、上記顔料は、優れた耐熱性、耐光性を有する被膜を形成可能であり、保存安定性が良好な組成物を作製でき、カラーフィルタに使用できることが記載されている。 JP 2020-26503 A describes a pigment having an isoindoline skeleton and a barbituric acid nucleus. JP 2020-26503 A describes that the pigment can form a coating having excellent heat resistance and light resistance, can produce a composition with good storage stability, and can be used in color filters.

 しかしながら、これまでのところ、色価に優れるだけでなく、さらに、高い耐熱性を有し他画素への熱拡散性も低いカラーフィルタが得られる組成物に関する知見は無い。 However, so far there is no knowledge of a composition that can produce a color filter that not only has excellent color value, but also has high heat resistance and low thermal diffusion to other pixels.

 本開示は上記に鑑みてなされたものであり、本開示は、高耐熱性を有し他画素への熱拡散性が低いカラーフィルタが得られる着色組成物、膜、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、及び化合物を提供する。 The present disclosure has been made in consideration of the above, and provides a coloring composition, a film, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound that can provide a color filter that has high heat resistance and low thermal diffusion to other pixels.

 上記課題を解決するための具体的な手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
<1> 下記式1で表される着色剤、樹脂、及び溶剤を含む着色組成物。
Specific means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> A coloring composition comprising a colorant represented by the following formula 1, a resin, and a solvent:

 式1中、A及びBは、それぞれ独立して、5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造を表し、Lはn価の連結基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表す。
<2> 式1中、nは2又は3である、<1>に記載の着色組成物。
<3> 式1中、A及びBは6員環の単環状構造である、<1>又は<2>に記載の着色組成物。
<4> 式1中、Lは炭素数2~炭素数15の2価の連結基である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<5> さらに、光重合開始剤及び重合性化合物の少なくとも一方を含む、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<6> さらに、緑色着色剤及び赤色着色剤の少なくとも一方を含む、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<7> <1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物を硬化してなる膜。
<8> <7>に記載の膜を有するカラーフィルタ。
<9> <7>に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。
<10> <7>に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。
<11> 下記式1で表される化合物。
In formula 1, A and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.
<2> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein in formula 1, n is 2 or 3.
<3> The coloring composition according to <1> or <2>, in formula 1, A and B each represent a 6-membered monocyclic structure.
<4> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, in formula 1, L 1 is a divalent linking group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms.
<5> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, further comprising at least one of a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.
<6> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, further comprising at least one of a green colorant and a red colorant.
<7> A film obtained by curing the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <6>.
<8> A color filter having the film according to <7>.
<9> A solid-state imaging device having the film according to <7>.
<10> An image display device having the film according to <7>.
<11> A compound represented by the following formula 1:

 式1中、A及びBは、それぞれ独立して、5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造を表し、Lはn価の連結基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表す。 In formula 1, A and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.

 本開示によれば、高耐熱性を有し他画素への熱拡散性が低いカラーフィルタが得られる着色組成物、膜、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、及び化合物が提供される。 The present disclosure provides a coloring composition, a film, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound that can provide a color filter that has high heat resistance and low thermal diffusion to other pixels.

 以下において、本開示の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本開示の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本開示はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 本開示において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本開示中に段階的に記載されている数値範囲において、一つの数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、他の段階的な記載の数値範囲の上限値又は下限値に置き換えてもよい。また、本文中に記載されている数値範囲において、その数値範囲の上限値又は下限値は、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。
 本開示において組成物中の各成分の含有率は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数種存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する当該複数種の物質の合計の含有率を意味する。
 本開示における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本開示において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線又は放射線が挙げられる。
 本開示において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの双方、又は、いずれかを表す。
 本開示において、重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本開示において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本開示において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい着色剤を意味する。
 本開示において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本開示において、E体及びZ体の立体異性体が存在するオキシム化合物については、特に断りのない限り、特に明示がなくともE体及びZ体のいずれであってもよいものとする。
The contents of the present disclosure will be described in detail below. The following description of the components may be based on a representative embodiment of the present disclosure, but the present disclosure is not limited to such an embodiment.
In the present disclosure, the word "to" is used to mean that the numerical values before and after it are included as the lower limit and upper limit.
In the present disclosure, the upper or lower limit of one numerical range may be replaced with the upper or lower limit of another numerical range. In addition, in the numerical ranges described in the present disclosure, the upper or lower limit of the numerical range may be replaced with a value shown in the examples.
In the present disclosure, when a composition contains multiple substances corresponding to each component, the content of each component in the composition means the total content of the multiple substances present in the composition, unless otherwise specified.
In the description of groups (atomic groups) in the present disclosure, descriptions that do not indicate whether they are substituted or unsubstituted include groups (atomic groups) that have no substituents as well as groups (atomic groups) that have a substituent. For example, an "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group that has no substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also an alkyl group that has a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams.
In the present disclosure, "(meth)acrylate" refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth)acryloyl" refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In the present disclosure, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are values calculated in terms of polystyrene measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
In this disclosure, total solids refers to the total mass of all components of a composition excluding the solvent.
In this disclosure, a pigment means a colorant that is poorly soluble in a solvent.
In the present disclosure, the term "step" refers not only to an independent step, but also to a step that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the intended effect of the step is achieved.
In the present disclosure, for oxime compounds having E- and Z-stereoisomers, unless otherwise specified, either the E- or Z-isomer may be used.

≪着色組成物≫
 本開示の着色組成物は、下記式1で表される着色剤、樹脂、及び溶剤を含む。
<Coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure contains a colorant represented by the following formula 1, a resin, and a solvent.

 式1中、A及びBは、それぞれ独立して、5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造を表し、Lはn価の連結基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表す。 In formula 1, A and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.

 本開示の着色組成物が、上記式1で表される着色剤、樹脂、及び溶剤を含むことにより、高耐熱性を有し他画素への熱拡散性が低いカラーフィルタが得られる。
 本開示の着色組成物の作用は明確ではないが、以下のように推定される。
 式1で表される着色剤は、窒素原子を含む五員環、及び該五員環に隣接する環状構造A(即ち、Aで表される5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造)を含み、この構造により、着色剤は黄色を呈する。
 さらに、式1で表される着色剤は、2つの酸素原子を有する五員環、及び該五員環に隣接する環状構造B(即ち、Bで表される5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造)を含み、この構造により、着色剤は色価に優れる。
 一方で、特開昭52-083363号公報に記載の、本開示における環状構造A及びBを有する着色剤は、耐熱性が十分でなく、かつ他画素への熱拡散性が課題であった。本開示の着色剤は、環状構造A及びBに加え、多数の水素結合可能な置換基を有することにより、水素結合等による分子間相互作用が強固に作用した会合体を形成すると推測される。すなわち、会合体となった着色剤は熱に対して安定であるから、本開示の着色剤を含む着色組成物により、高い耐熱性を有し他画素への熱拡散性が低いカラーフィルタが得られる。
 なお、本開示は、上記推定機構には何ら制限されない。
The colored composition of the present disclosure contains a colorant represented by the above formula 1, a resin, and a solvent, and thus a color filter having high heat resistance and low thermal diffusivity to other pixels can be obtained.
Although the action of the coloring composition of the present disclosure is not clear, it is presumed to be as follows.
The colorant represented by formula 1 contains a five-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom and a cyclic structure A (i.e., a monocyclic structure or polycyclic structure having five or more members represented by A) adjacent to the five-membered ring, and this structure gives the colorant a yellow color.
Furthermore, the colorant represented by Formula 1 contains a five-membered ring having two oxygen atoms and a cyclic structure B adjacent to the five-membered ring (i.e., a monocyclic structure or polycyclic structure having five or more members represented by B), and due to this structure, the colorant has excellent color value.
On the other hand, the colorant having the cyclic structures A and B of the present disclosure, described in JP-A-52-083363, does not have sufficient heat resistance and has a problem with thermal diffusion to other pixels. It is presumed that the colorant of the present disclosure has many substituents capable of hydrogen bonding in addition to the cyclic structures A and B, and thus forms an association in which intermolecular interactions due to hydrogen bonds or the like act strongly. In other words, the colorant that has become an association is stable against heat, and therefore a color filter having high heat resistance and low thermal diffusion to other pixels can be obtained by using a coloring composition containing the colorant of the present disclosure.
It should be noted that the present disclosure is in no way limited to the above presumed mechanism.

<着色剤>
 本開示において、着色組成物は、下記式1で表される着色剤を含む。
<Coloring Agent>
In the present disclosure, the coloring composition includes a colorant represented by the following formula 1:

 上記式1中、A及びBは、それぞれ独立して、5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造を表し、Lはn価の連結基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表す。 In the above formula 1, A and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.

(L:n価の連結基)
 着色剤の合成容易性及び水素結合のネットワークの形成性の観点から、上記式1中、nは2~5の整数であることが好ましく、2又は3であることがより好ましく、2であることがさらに好ましい。
(L 1 : n-valent linking group)
From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis of the colorant and the formability of a hydrogen bond network, n in the above formula 1 is preferably an integer of 2 to 5, more preferably 2 or 3, and even more preferably 2.

 高耐熱性及び他画素への熱拡散性の低さの観点から、上記式1中、Lは、主鎖の原子数が2~15であり2価~5価の連結基であることが好ましく、主鎖の原子数が2~15であり2価又は3価の連結基であることがより好ましく、主鎖の原子数が2~15であり2価の連結基であることがさらに好ましく、主鎖の炭素数が2~15であり2価の連結基であることが特に好ましい。上記式1中、Lは、炭素数2~15の2価の連結基であることも好ましい。なお、ここで、主鎖の原子数は、主鎖を構成する原子の数をいうものとする。例えば、オキシエチレン単位「-CH-CH-O-」における主鎖の原子数は3である。 From the viewpoint of high heat resistance and low thermal diffusion to other pixels, in the above formula 1, L 1 is preferably a divalent to pentavalent linking group having 2 to 15 atoms in the main chain, more preferably a divalent or trivalent linking group having 2 to 15 atoms in the main chain, even more preferably a divalent linking group having 2 to 15 atoms in the main chain, and particularly preferably a divalent linking group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms in the main chain. In the above formula 1, L 1 is also preferably a divalent linking group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. Here, the number of atoms in the main chain refers to the number of atoms constituting the main chain. For example, the number of atoms in the main chain in the oxyethylene unit "-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-" is 3.

 分子内の水素結合のネットワーク形成及び熱拡散性の観点から、上記式1中、Lの主鎖の原子数は2~15であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましく、3~7であることがさらに好ましく、3~5が特に好ましい。主鎖の原子数が2以上であると、着色剤分子内の水素結合のネットワークを形成しやすく、高い耐熱性を示しやすい。主鎖の原子数が15以下であると、連結基の自由度が上がり過ぎず、着色剤の分子の溶解性も上がり過ぎず、他画素への熱拡散性も有しにくい。
 なおLが3価の連結基である場合、Lの主鎖の原子数は2~20であることが好ましく、3~15であることがより好ましく、4~10であることがさらに好ましく、5~7が特に好ましい。
 なお分子内の水素結合のネットワーク形成の観点から、上記式1中、Lを構成する原子の種類を規定するよりも、Lの主鎖の原子数(すなわち、Lの主鎖の長さ)を規定することが重要である。
From the viewpoint of intramolecular hydrogen bond network formation and thermal diffusivity, the number of atoms in the main chain of L1 in the above formula 1 is preferably 2 to 15, more preferably 2 to 10, even more preferably 3 to 7, and particularly preferably 3 to 5. When the number of atoms in the main chain is 2 or more, a hydrogen bond network is easily formed in the colorant molecule, and high heat resistance is easily exhibited. When the number of atoms in the main chain is 15 or less, the degree of freedom of the linking group does not increase too much, the solubility of the colorant molecule does not increase too much, and thermal diffusivity to other pixels is unlikely to be obtained.
When L 1 is a trivalent linking group, the main chain of L 1 preferably has 2-20 atoms, more preferably 3-15 atoms, further preferably 4-10 atoms, and particularly preferably 5-7 atoms.
From the viewpoint of forming a network of hydrogen bonds within a molecule, it is more important to specify the number of atoms in the main chain of L1 (i.e., the length of the main chain of L1 ) than to specify the type of atoms constituting L1 in the above formula 1.

 Lの主鎖の原子の種類は、特に限定されず、例えば、炭素、窒素、酸素、ケイ素、又は硫黄等が含まれていてもよい。Lの主鎖の原子は、例えば炭素原子のみであってもよい。Lの主鎖の原子の種類は、1種のみ含まれていてもよいし、2種以上含まれていてもよい。 The type of atoms in the main chain of L1 is not particularly limited, and may include, for example, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, or sulfur. The atoms in the main chain of L1 may be, for example, only carbon atoms. The type of atoms in the main chain of L1 may be only one type, or two or more types.

 Lは、2価の連結基又は3価の連結基が好ましく、2価の連結基がより好ましい。
 Lが2価の連結基である場合、Lとしては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~15のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及びこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。アルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、分子内の水素結合のネットワーク形成、溶解性及び熱拡散性の観点から、直鎖状又は分岐状が好ましく、直鎖状がより好ましい。また、アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。分岐側鎖としては、アルキル基(例えばメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基等)等が挙げられる。
L 1 is preferably a divalent linking group or a trivalent linking group, more preferably a divalent linking group.
When L 1 is a divalent linking group, examples of L 1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear, from the viewpoint of intramolecular hydrogen bond network formation, solubility, and thermal diffusivity. The alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group. Examples of the branched side chain include an alkyl group (e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, etc.).

 Lが3価の連結基である場合、Lとしては、=CH-、-N=、3価のアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~15の3価のアルキレン基)、3価のアリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20の3価のアリーレン基)及びこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。アルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、分子内の水素結合のネットワーク形成、溶解性及び熱拡散性の観点から、直鎖状又は分岐状が好ましく、直鎖状がより好ましい。また、アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。分岐側鎖としては、アルキル基(例えばメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基等)等が挙げられる。 When L 1 is a trivalent linking group, examples of L 1 include =CH-, -N=, a trivalent alkylene group (preferably a trivalent alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms), a trivalent arylene group (preferably a trivalent arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), and a group formed by combining two or more of these. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear, from the viewpoint of intramolecular hydrogen bond network formation, solubility, and thermal diffusibility. The alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group. Examples of the branched side chain include an alkyl group (e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, etc.).

 Lの好ましい具体例を以下に示すが、Lはこれに限定されるものではない。なお、*は、式1中のアミド基の窒素原子との結合位置を表す。 Preferred specific examples of L 1 are shown below, but L 1 is not limited thereto. In addition, * indicates the bonding position with the nitrogen atom of the amide group in formula 1.

 分子内の水素結合のネットワーク形成、溶解性及び熱拡散性の観点から、Lは、L-1~L-17からなる群より選ばれる連結基であることが好ましく、L-2、L-3、L-4、L-5、L-6、L-10、又はL-17であることがより好ましく、L-3がさらに好ましい。 From the viewpoints of intramolecular hydrogen bond network formation, solubility, and thermal diffusivity, L 1 is preferably a linking group selected from the group consisting of L 1 -1 to L 1 -17, more preferably L 1 -2, L 1 -3, L 1 -4, L 1 -5, L 1 -6, L 1 -10, or L 1 -17, and further preferably L 1 -3.

(A:環状構造)
 上記式1中、Aは、5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造を表す。Aは、6員環の単環状構造であることが好ましい。
(A: cyclic structure)
In the above formula 1, A represents a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, and A is preferably a monocyclic structure having 6 members.

 5員環以上の単環状構造は、単環状炭素環又は単環状複素環のいずれあってもよい。複素環を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び硫黄原子等が挙げられる。5員環以上の単環状構造は、5員又は6員の芳香族炭素環、5員又は6員の芳香族複素環、5員又は6員の脂肪族炭素環、5員又は6員の脂肪族複素環であってもよく、好ましくは6員の芳香族炭素環である。 The five- or more-membered monocyclic structure may be either a monocyclic carbocycle or a monocyclic heterocycle. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. The five- or more-membered monocyclic structure may be a five- or six-membered aromatic carbocycle, a five- or six-membered aromatic heterocycle, a five- or six-membered aliphatic carbocycle, or a five- or six-membered aliphatic heterocycle, and is preferably a six-membered aromatic carbocycle.

 5員環以上の単環状炭素環の具体例としては、シクロペンタン環、シクロペンテン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘキセン環、1,3-シクロヘキサジエン環、1,4-シクロヘキサジエン環、及びベンゼン環が挙げられ、好ましくはベンゼン環である。
 5員環以上の単環状複素環の具体例としては、ピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、ラクトン環、ラクタム環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、ピラジン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、及び1,2,3-トリアジン環等が挙げられ、好ましくはピラジン環又はイミダゾール環である。
Specific examples of the 5- or higher-membered monocyclic carbocyclic ring include a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopentene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a 1,3-cyclohexadiene ring, a 1,4-cyclohexadiene ring, and a benzene ring, with a benzene ring being preferred.
Specific examples of the 5- or more-membered monocyclic heterocycle include a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperazine ring, a morpholine ring, a lactone ring, a lactam ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, and a 1,2,3-triazine ring, and preferably a pyrazine ring or an imidazole ring.

 多環状構造は、複数の5員の芳香族炭素環からなる構造であってもよく、複数の6員の芳香族炭素環からなる構造であってもよく、5員の芳香族炭素環及び6員の芳香族炭素環が組み合わされた構造であってもよい。
 多環状構造の具体例としては、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、テトラセン環、ペンタセン環、ピレン環、及びフェナントレン環等が挙げられ、好ましくはナフタレン環である。
 多環状構造は、複素環であってもよく、複素環を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び硫黄原子等が挙げられる。多環状複素環としては、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キナゾリン環、フタラジン環、プテリジン環、クマリン環、クロモン環、インドール環、ベンズイミダゾール環、ベンゾフラン環、プリン環、アクリジン環、フェノキサジン環、及びフェノチアジン環等が挙げられる。
The polycyclic structure may be a structure consisting of a plurality of 5-membered aromatic carbon rings, a structure consisting of a plurality of 6-membered aromatic carbon rings, or a structure in which a 5-membered aromatic carbon ring and a 6-membered aromatic carbon ring are combined.
Specific examples of the polycyclic structure include a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetracene ring, a pentacene ring, a pyrene ring, and a phenanthrene ring, and preferably a naphthalene ring.
The polycyclic structure may be a heterocycle, and examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. Examples of the polycyclic heterocycle include a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a phthalazine ring, a pteridine ring, a coumarin ring, a chromone ring, an indole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzofuran ring, a purine ring, an acridine ring, a phenoxazine ring, and a phenothiazine ring.

 5員環以上の単環状構造及び多環状構造は、置換基を有していてもよい。単環状構造又は多環状構造が置換基を複数有する場合、複数ある置換基は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、シアノ基、-NO、-SOH、-N(R、-SR、-COOH、-OR、-O-COR、-O-CO-OR、-CONR、-NR-CO-R、-O-CO-NR、-NR-CO-OR、-NR-CO-NR、-SO-R、-SO-R、-O-SO-R、-SO-NR、-NR-SO-R、-CO-NR-COR、-CO-NR-SO-R、-SO-NR-CO-R、-SO-NR-SO-R、-Si(R(OR、ヘテロ環基、及び-O(RO)-R等が挙げられる。ここで、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Rはアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキレン基、アリーレン基又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた基を表し、L及びKはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表し、L+K=3を満たし、Jは1~100の整数を表す。
The five or more membered monocyclic structure and polycyclic structure may have a substituent. When the monocyclic structure or polycyclic structure has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be the same or different.
Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, -NO2 , -SO3H , -N( Ra ) 2 , -SRa , -COOH, -ORa , -O - CORc , -O -CO- ORc , -CONRaRb, -NRa - CO- Rb , -O - CO -NRaRb, -NRa - CO - ORb , -NRa -CO-NRaRb, -SO-Rc, -SO2-Rc, -O-SO2-Rc , -SO2 - NRaRb , -NRa - SO2 - Ra , -CO-NRa - CORb . , -CO-NR a -SO 2 -R b , -SO 2 -NR a -CO-R b , -SO 2 -NR a -SO 2 -R c , -Si(R a ) L (OR b ) K , a heterocyclic group, and -O(R d O) J -R a . Here, R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, R c represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, R d each independently represent an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group combining two or more of these, L and K each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, satisfying L + K = 3, and J represents an integer of 1 to 100.

 さらに、置換基は、-R-Rで表される基であってもよい。ここで、Rは、=C=、-N=、=Si=、アルキレン基(例えば炭素数2~15のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(例えば炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、及び-S-から選択される2以上を組み合わせてなる基であり、Rは、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、又はシアノ基である。 Furthermore, the substituent may be a group represented by -R e -R d , where R e is a group formed by combining two or more selected from =C=, -N=, =Si=, an alkylene group (for example, an alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms), an arylene group (for example, an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, and -S-, and R d is a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a cyano group.

 なお、上記ハロゲン原子は、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子が好ましく、フッ素原子又は塩素原子がより好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、又はtert-ブチル基が好ましい。
 上記アルケニル基は、ビニル基、1-プロペニル基、2-ブテニル基、又は3-ブテニル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキニル基は、エチニル基、1-プロピニル基、2-プロピニル基、2-ブチニル基、又は3-ブチニル基が好ましい。
 上記アリール基は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はフルオレニル基が好ましい。
 上記ヘテロアリール基は、チエニル基、フリル基、ピロリル基、イミダゾリル基、チアゾリル基、又はピリジル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキレン基は、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、又はブチレン基が好ましい。
 上記アリーレン基は、ベンゼン、ナフタレン又はフルオレンから、環を構成する炭素原子に直接結合する水素原子2個を除いた基が好ましい。
The halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, and more preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
The alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, an isobutyl group, or a tert-butyl group.
The alkenyl group is preferably a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, or a 3-butenyl group.
The alkynyl group is preferably an ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, or a 3-butynyl group.
The aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a fluorenyl group.
The heteroaryl group is preferably a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, or a pyridyl group.
The alkylene group is preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group.
The arylene group is preferably a group in which two hydrogen atoms directly bonded to carbon atoms constituting the ring have been removed from benzene, naphthalene or fluorene.

 窒素原子を含む五員環及び該五員環に隣接する環状構造Aの好ましい具体例を以下に示す。ただし、窒素原子を含む五員環及び該五員環に隣接する環状構造Aの化学構造はこれに限定されるものではない。なお、*は、式1中のシアノ基が結合する炭素原子との結合位置、又は式1中の環状構造Bに隣接する2つの酸素原子を有する五員環との結合位置を表す。*が、式1中のシアノ基が結合する炭素原子との結合位置、又は式1中の環状構造Bに隣接する2つの酸素原子を有する五員環との結合位置、のいずれを表すかは特に限定されない。 Preferred specific examples of the five-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom and the ring structure A adjacent to the five-membered ring are shown below. However, the chemical structures of the five-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom and the ring structure A adjacent to the five-membered ring are not limited to these. Note that * represents the bonding position with the carbon atom to which the cyano group in formula 1 is bonded, or the bonding position with the five-membered ring having two oxygen atoms adjacent to ring structure B in formula 1. There is no particular limitation as to whether * represents the bonding position with the carbon atom to which the cyano group in formula 1 is bonded, or the bonding position with the five-membered ring having two oxygen atoms adjacent to ring structure B in formula 1.

 分子内の水素結合のネットワーク形成、溶解性及び熱拡散性の観点から、窒素原子を含む五員環及び該五員環に隣接する環状構造Aは、A-1~A-9からなる群より選ばれる化学構造であることが好ましく、A-1~A-5及びA-7~A-9からなる群より選ばれる化学構造であることがより好ましく、A-1又はA-2がさらに好ましい。 From the viewpoints of intramolecular hydrogen bond network formation, solubility, and thermal diffusivity, the five-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom and the ring structure A adjacent to the five-membered ring are preferably chemical structures selected from the group consisting of A-1 to A-9, more preferably chemical structures selected from the group consisting of A-1 to A-5 and A-7 to A-9, and even more preferably A-1 or A-2.

(B:環状構造)
 上記式1中、Bは、5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造を表す。Bは、6員環の単環状構造であることが好ましい。
(B: cyclic structure)
In the above formula 1, B represents a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, and B is preferably a monocyclic structure having 6 members.

 5員環以上の単環状構造は、単環状炭素環又は単環状複素環のいずれあってもよい。複素環を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び硫黄原子等が挙げられる。5員環以上の単環状構造は、5員又は6員の芳香族炭素環、5員又は6員の芳香族複素環、5員又は6員の脂肪族炭素環、5員又は6員の脂肪族複素環であってもよく、好ましくは6員の芳香族炭素環である。 The five- or more-membered monocyclic structure may be either a monocyclic carbocycle or a monocyclic heterocycle. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. The five- or more-membered monocyclic structure may be a five- or six-membered aromatic carbocycle, a five- or six-membered aromatic heterocycle, a five- or six-membered aliphatic carbocycle, or a five- or six-membered aliphatic heterocycle, and is preferably a six-membered aromatic carbocycle.

 5員環以上の単環状炭素環の具体例としては、シクロペンタン環、シクロペンテン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘキセン環、1,3-シクロヘキサジエン環、1,4-シクロヘキサジエン環、及びベンゼン環が挙げられ、好ましくはベンゼン環である。
 5員環以上の単環状複素環としては、ピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、ラクトン環、ラクタム環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、ピラジン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、及び1,2,3-トリアジン環等が挙げられ、好ましくはピラジン環又はチオフェン環である。
Specific examples of the 5- or higher-membered monocyclic carbocyclic ring include a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopentene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a 1,3-cyclohexadiene ring, a 1,4-cyclohexadiene ring, and a benzene ring, with a benzene ring being preferred.
Examples of the 5- or more-membered monocyclic heterocycle include a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperazine ring, a morpholine ring, a lactone ring, a lactam ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, and a 1,2,3-triazine ring, and preferably a pyrazine ring or a thiophene ring.

 多環状構造は、複数の5員の芳香族炭素環からなる構造であってもよく、複数の6員の芳香族炭素環からなる構造であってもよく、5員の芳香族炭素環及び6員の芳香族炭素環が組み合わされた構造であってもよい。
 多環状構造の具体例としては、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、テトラセン環、ペンタセン環、ピレン環、及びフェナントレン環等が挙げられ、好ましくはナフタレン環である。
 多環状構造は、複素環であってもよく、複素環を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び硫黄原子等が挙げられる。多環状複素環としては、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キナゾリン環、フタラジン環、プテリジン環、クマリン環、クロモン環、インドール環、ベンズイミダゾール環、ベンゾフラン環、プリン環、アクリジン環、フェノキサジン環、及びフェノチアジン環等が挙げられる。
The polycyclic structure may be a structure consisting of a plurality of 5-membered aromatic carbon rings, a structure consisting of a plurality of 6-membered aromatic carbon rings, or a structure in which a 5-membered aromatic carbon ring and a 6-membered aromatic carbon ring are combined.
Specific examples of the polycyclic structure include a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetracene ring, a pentacene ring, a pyrene ring, and a phenanthrene ring, and preferably a naphthalene ring.
The polycyclic structure may be a heterocycle, and examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. Examples of the polycyclic heterocycle include a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a phthalazine ring, a pteridine ring, a coumarin ring, a chromone ring, an indole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzofuran ring, a purine ring, an acridine ring, a phenoxazine ring, and a phenothiazine ring.

 5員環以上の単環状構造及び多環状構造は、置換基を有していてもよい。単環状構造又は多環状構造が置換基を複数有する場合、複数ある置換基は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、シアノ基、-NO、-SOH、-N(R、-SR、-COOH、-OR、-O-COR、-O-CO-OR、-CONR、-NR-CO-R、-O-CO-NR、-NR-CO-OR、-NR-CO-NR、-SO-R、-SO-R、-O-SO-R、-SO-NR、-NR-SO-R、-CO-NR-COR、-CO-NR-SO-R、-SO-NR-CO-R、-SO-NR-SO-R、-Si(R(OR、ヘテロ環基、及び-O(RO)-R等が挙げられる。ここで、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Rはアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキレン基、アリーレン基又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた基を表し、L及びKはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表し、L+K=3を満たし、Jは1~100の整数を表す。
The five or more membered monocyclic structure and polycyclic structure may have a substituent. When the monocyclic structure or polycyclic structure has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be the same or different.
Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, -NO2 , -SO3H , -N( Ra ) 2 , -SRa , -COOH, -ORa , -O- CORc , -O -CO -ORc , -CONRaRb, -NRa - CO- Rb , -O - CO -NRaRb, -NRa - CO - ORb , -NRa -CO-NRaRb, -SO-Rc, -SO2-Rc, -O-SO2-Rc , -SO2 - NRaRb , -NRa - SO2 - Ra , -CO-NRa - CORb . , -CO-NR a -SO 2 -R b , -SO 2 -NR a -CO-R b , -SO 2 -NR a -SO 2 -R c , -Si(R a ) L (OR b ) K , a heterocyclic group, and -O(R d O) J -R a . Here, R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, R c represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, R d each independently represent an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group combining two or more of these, L and K each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, satisfying L + K = 3, and J represents an integer of 1 to 100.

 さらに、置換基は、-R-Rで表される基であってもよい。ここで、Rは、=C=、-N=、=Si=、アルキレン基(例えば炭素数2~15のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(例えば炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、及び-S-から選択される2以上を組み合わせてなる基であり、Rは、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、又はシアノ基である。 Furthermore, the substituent may be a group represented by -R e -R d , where R e is a group formed by combining two or more selected from =C=, -N=, =Si=, an alkylene group (for example, an alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms), an arylene group (for example, an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, and -S-, and R d is a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a cyano group.

 なお上記ハロゲン原子は、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子が好ましく、フッ素原子又は塩素原子がより好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、又はtert-ブチル基が好ましい。
 上記アルケニル基は、ビニル基、1-プロペニル基、2-ブテニル基、又は3-ブテニル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキニル基は、エチニル基、1-プロピニル基、2-プロピニル基、2-ブチニル基、又は3-ブチニル基が好ましい。
 上記アリール基は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はフルオレニル基が好ましい。
 上記ヘテロアリール基は、チエニル基、フリル基、ピロリル基、イミダゾリル基、チアゾリル基、又はピリジル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキレン基は、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、又はブチレン基が好ましい。
 上記アリーレン基は、ベンゼン、ナフタレン又はフルオレンから、環を構成する炭素原子に直接結合する水素原子2個を除いた基が好ましい。
The halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
The alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, an isobutyl group, or a tert-butyl group.
The alkenyl group is preferably a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, or a 3-butenyl group.
The alkynyl group is preferably an ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, or a 3-butynyl group.
The aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a fluorenyl group.
The heteroaryl group is preferably a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, or a pyridyl group.
The alkylene group is preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group.
The arylene group is preferably a group in which two hydrogen atoms directly bonded to carbon atoms constituting the ring have been removed from benzene, naphthalene or fluorene.

 2つの酸素原子を有する五員環及び該五員環に隣接する環状構造Bの好ましい具体例を以下に示す。ただし、2つの酸素原子を有する五員環及び該五員環に隣接する環状構造Bの化学構造はこれに限定されるものではない。なお、*は、式1中の窒素原子を含む五員環との結合位置を表す。 Preferred specific examples of the five-membered ring having two oxygen atoms and the ring structure B adjacent to the five-membered ring are shown below. However, the chemical structures of the five-membered ring having two oxygen atoms and the ring structure B adjacent to the five-membered ring are not limited to these. Note that * indicates the bonding position with the five-membered ring containing the nitrogen atom in formula 1.

 分子内の水素結合のネットワーク形成、溶解性、熱拡散性、及び色価の観点から、2つの酸素原子を有する五員環及び該五員環に隣接する環状構造Bは、B-1~B-9からなる群より選ばれる化学構造であることが好ましく、B-1又はB-2がより好ましい。 From the viewpoints of intramolecular hydrogen bond network formation, solubility, thermal diffusivity, and color value, the five-membered ring having two oxygen atoms and the ring structure B adjacent to the five-membered ring are preferably chemical structures selected from the group consisting of B-1 to B-9, and more preferably B-1 or B-2.

 上記した、nの値、L-1~L-17、A-1~A-9、及びB-1~B-9からそれぞれ選択されて成る、組み合わせの全てが、本開示の着色剤として好適に用いられる。本開示の式1で表される着色剤のより好ましい具体例を以下に示す。ただし、本開示の着色剤は、これらに限定されるものではない。 All of the above combinations of n values, L 1 -1 to L 1 -17, A-1 to A-9, and B-1 to B-9 are preferably used as the colorant of the present disclosure. More preferred specific examples of the colorant represented by formula 1 of the present disclosure are shown below. However, the colorant of the present disclosure is not limited to these.

 式1で表される着色剤の含有量は、色価の観点から、着色組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01質量%~90質量%が好ましく、0.1質量%~80質量%がより好ましく、10質量%~75質量%が更に好ましく、30質量%~70質量%が特に好ましい。
 本開示の着色組成物は、上記式1で表される着色剤を、1種単独で含んでいてもよいし、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。本開示の着色組成物が2種以上の上記式1で表される着色剤を含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the colorant represented by Formula 1 is preferably 0.01% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 80% by mass, still more preferably 10% by mass to 75% by mass, and particularly preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition, from the viewpoint of color value.
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain one type alone or two or more types of colorants represented by the above formula 1. When the coloring composition of the present disclosure contains two or more types of colorants represented by the above formula 1, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.

 本開示の着色剤の分子量は、特に限定されるものではないが、300~10000が好ましく、400~5000がより好ましく、500~3000がさらに好ましい。 The molecular weight of the colorant disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 10,000, more preferably 400 to 5,000, and even more preferably 500 to 3,000.

 本開示の着色剤は、波長400nm~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有することが好ましく、波長400nm~550nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有することがより好ましい。 The colorant of the present disclosure preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm, and more preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 550 nm.

 本開示の着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1nm~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上がより好ましく、10nm以上が更に好ましい。上限は、180nm以下がより好ましく、150nm以下が更に好ましく、100nm以下が特に好ましい。なお、本開示において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本開示における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。
 顔料のCuKα線をX線源とした場合のX線回折スペクトルにおけるいずれかの結晶面に由来するピークの半値幅より求めた結晶子サイズは、0.1nm~100nmであることが好ましく、0.5nm~50nmであることがより好ましく、1nm~30nmであることが更に好ましく、5nm~25nmであることが特に好ましい。
The colorant of the present disclosure is preferably a pigment. The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm. The lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, and even more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, even more preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less. In the present disclosure, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. In the present disclosure, the average primary particle diameter is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment. In addition, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation.
The crystallite size of the pigment, determined from the half-width of a peak derived from any crystal plane in an X-ray diffraction spectrum obtained using CuKα rays as an X-ray source, is preferably 0.1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 50 nm, even more preferably 1 nm to 30 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 25 nm.

<他の着色剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、さらに、上記式1で表される着色剤以外の他の着色剤を1種以上含んでもよい。
 他の着色剤としては、有彩色着色剤、及び、黒色着色剤等が挙げられる。有彩色着色剤としては、波長400nm~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する着色剤が挙げられる。例えば、緑色着色剤、赤色着色剤、黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤、青色着色剤、オレンジ色着色剤等が挙げられる。本開示の着色組成物は、緑色着色剤及び赤色着色剤の少なくとも一方を含むことが好ましい。
 他の着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。
 また、他の着色剤としては、着色性、及び、分散性の観点から、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、キナクリドン顔料、アントラキノン顔料、ペリレン顔料、フタロシアニン顔料、イソインドリン顔料、キノフタロン顔料、及びアゾメチン顔料よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の顔料であることが好ましい。
 また、他の着色剤として、黒色顔料を用いることができる。黒色顔料としては、カーボンブラック、チタン原子及びジルコニウム原子から選択される1つ以上を含む顔料を用いることができる。
<Other colorants>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may further contain one or more colorants other than the colorant represented by Formula 1 above.
Other colorants include chromatic colorants and black colorants. Chromatic colorants include colorants having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm. For example, green colorants, red colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, blue colorants, orange colorants, etc. The coloring composition of the present disclosure preferably contains at least one of a green colorant and a red colorant.
The other colorants may be pigments or dyes.
From the viewpoints of coloring property and dispersibility, the other colorant is preferably at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a quinacridone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a perylene pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, an isoindoline pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, and an azomethine pigment.
As another colorant, a black pigment can be used, which is a pigment containing one or more atoms selected from carbon black, titanium atoms, and zirconium atoms.

 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1nm~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上がより好ましく、10nm以上が更に好ましい。上限は、180nm以下がより好ましく、150nm以下が更に好ましく、100nm以下が特に好ましい。なお、本開示において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本開示における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。
 顔料のCuKα線をX線源とした場合のX線回折スペクトルにおけるいずれかの結晶面に由来するピークの半値幅より求めた結晶子サイズは、0.1nm~100nmであることが好ましく、0.5nm~50nmであることがより好ましく、1nm~30nmであることが更に好ましく、5nm~25nmであることが特に好ましい。
The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm. The lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, and even more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, even more preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less. In the present disclosure, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. In the present disclosure, the average primary particle diameter is the arithmetic average value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment. In addition, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation.
The crystallite size of the pigment, determined from the half-width of a peak derived from any crystal plane in an X-ray diffraction spectrum obtained using CuKα rays as an X-ray source, is preferably 0.1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 50 nm, even more preferably 1 nm to 30 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 25 nm.

 本開示の着色組成物は、緑色着色剤を含有していてもよい。
 緑色着色剤としては、フタロシアニン化合物(例えば銅フタロシアニン化合物及び亜鉛フタロシアニン化合物)及びスクアリリウム化合物が挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましい。また、緑色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。緑色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.PG(カラーインデックス ピグメントグリーン)7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63(例えば特開2018-141894号公報に記載されたPG63-1),64,65,66、及びG1等の緑色顔料が挙げられる。また、緑色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0143~0149に記載の化合物、特開2020-070426号公報に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物等を用いることもできる。
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a green colorant.
Examples of green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds (e.g., copper phthalocyanine compounds and zinc phthalocyanine compounds) and squarylium compounds, and are preferably phthalocyanine compounds. The green colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of green colorants include C.I. PG (Color Index Pigment Green) 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63 (e.g., PG63-1 described in JP-A-2018-141894), 64, 65, 66, and green pigments such as G1. In addition, as green colorants, compounds described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP-A-2020-070426, diarylmethane compounds described in JP-T-2020-504758, and the like can also be used.

 緑色着色剤は、C.I.PG36(銅フタロシアニン化合物),58(亜鉛フタロシアニン化合物),63(例えば特開2018-141894号公報に記載されたPG63-1)、及びG1が好ましい。なおG1の化学構造は以下のとおりである。 Preferred green colorants are C.I. PG36 (copper phthalocyanine compound), 58 (zinc phthalocyanine compound), 63 (e.g. PG63-1 described in JP2018-141894A), and G1. The chemical structure of G1 is as follows:

 本開示の着色組成物は、赤色着色剤を含有していてもよい。
 赤色着色剤としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物等が挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、又はペリレン化合物であることが好ましい。また、赤色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。赤色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.PR(カラーインデックス ピグメントレッド)1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。また、赤色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0034に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
 赤色着色剤として、Lumogen F Orange 240(BASF製、赤色顔料、ペリレン顔料)を用いることもできる。
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a red colorant.
Examples of the red colorant include a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, an anthraquinone compound, an azo compound, a naphthol compound, an azomethine compound, a xanthene compound, a quinacridone compound, a perylene compound, and a thioindigo compound. Of these, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, an anthraquinone compound, a quinacridone compound, or a perylene compound is preferable. The red colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of the red colorant include those listed in the C.I.PR (Color Index) standard. Pigment Red) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53: 1, 57: 1, 60: 1, 63: 1, 66, 67, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 1 Examples of red pigments include 55,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297. In addition, the compound described in paragraph 0034 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as a red colorant.
As a red colorant, Lumogen F Orange 240 (manufactured by BASF, red pigment, perylene pigment) can also be used.

 赤色着色剤は、C.I.PR122(キナクリドン化合物),177(アントラキノン化合物),224(ペリレン化合物),254(ジケトピロロピロール化合物),264(ジケトピロロピロール化合物),及び272(ジケトピロロピロール化合物)が好ましい。 The red colorant is preferably C.I. PR122 (quinacridone compound), 177 (anthraquinone compound), 224 (perylene compound), 254 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound), 264 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound), or 272 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound).

 黄色着色剤としては、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、プテリジン化合物、キノフタロン化合物及びペリレン化合物等が挙げられる。黄色着色剤は、顔料であることが好ましく、キノフタロン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、又はイソインドリン化合物であることが好ましい。黄色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.PY(カラーインデックス ピグメントイエロー)1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられる。
 また、黄色着色剤として、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。
Examples of the yellow colorant include an azo compound, an azomethine compound, an isoindoline compound, a pteridine compound, a quinophthalone compound, and a perylene compound. The yellow colorant is preferably a pigment, and is preferably a quinophthalone compound, an azomethine compound, or an isoindoline compound. Specific examples of the yellow colorant include C.I.PY (Color Index) pigments. Pigment Yellow) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 12 5, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236 and the like.
Furthermore, as a yellow colorant, an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.

 また、黄色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0031~0033に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0033 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as yellow colorants.

 黄色着色剤は、C.I.PY129(アゾメチン化合物),138(キノフタロン化合物),及び185(イソインドリン化合物)が好ましい。 Preferred yellow colorants are C.I. PY129 (azomethine compound), 138 (quinophthalone compound), and 185 (isoindoline compound).

 オレンジ色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等のオレンジ色顔料が挙げられる。 Orange colorants include orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.

 紫色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of purple colorants include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.

 青色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等が挙げられる。また、青色着色剤として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of blue colorants include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88. Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.

 有彩色着色剤には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては、特に制限はなく、公知の染料を使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants. There are no particular limitations on the dyes, and any known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo dyes, anilino azo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyrromethene dyes.

 有彩色着色剤には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、有機溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物及び製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0048に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。  A dye polymer can also be used as the chromatic colorant. The dye polymer is preferably a dye dissolved in an organic solvent before use. The dye polymer may also form particles. When the dye polymer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. A dye polymer in a particulate state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples of the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682 include the compound described in paragraph 0048 of WO 2022/085485.

 有彩色着色剤には、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069442号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069730号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069070号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069067号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069062号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、特許第6809649号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2021-187913号公報に記載のフェノチアジン系化合物、国際公開第2022/004261号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン、国際公開第2021/250883号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニンを用いることができる。他の着色剤は、ロタキサンであってもよく、色素骨格はロタキサンの環状構造に使用されていてもよく、棒状構造に使用されていてもよく、両方の構造に使用されていてもよい。他の着色剤として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0030759号公報の式1で表されるキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0061793号公報に記載の高分子染料、特開2022-029701号公報に記載の着色剤、国際公開第2022/014635号に記載のイソインドリン化合物、国際公開第2022/024926号に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特開2022-045895号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/050051号に記載の化合物、特開2020-090676号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-055956号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-031681号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-056354号公報に記載の化合物、米国特許出願公開第2021/0355327号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/065357号に記載の化合物、特開2020-045436号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2021-0146726号公報に記載の化合物、特開2018-178039号公報に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881244号明細書に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881245号明細書に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881246号明細書に記載の化合物、特開2022-104822号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-096701号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-023652号公報に記載の化合物、色材協会誌(2022年発行)の80~84ページに記載の緑色顔料、特開2022-143135号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-140287号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/136308号に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113061349号明細書に記載のペリレン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0018993号公報に記載のシアン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2023-013209号公報に記載の化合物、特開2023-013166号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2023/286526号に記載のキサンテン化合物、特開2021-155746号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-155747号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-155748号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-155749号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2018/051876号に記載の化合物、特開2020-083981号公報に記載の化合物、特開2023-056463号公報に記載の化合物、特表2023-515473号公報に記載の化合物等を用いることもできる。 The chromatic colorant includes a triarylmethane dye polymer described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, a xanthene compound described in JP 2020-117638 A, a phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2020/174991 A, an isoindoline compound or a salt thereof described in JP 2020-160279 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070 A Compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2022/004261, and halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2021/250883 can be used. The other colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-shaped structure, or may be used in both structures. Other colorants include quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, polymer dyes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0061793, colorants described in JP-A-2022-029701, isoindoline compounds described in WO 2022/014635, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2022/024926, compounds described in JP-A-2022-045895, compounds described in WO 2022/050051, compounds described in JP-A-2020-090676, compounds described in JP-A-2020-055956, Compounds described in JP 2021-031681 A, compounds described in JP 2022-056354 A, compounds described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2021/0355327 A, compounds described in WO 2022/065357 A, compounds described in JP 2020-045436 A, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2021-0146726 A, compounds described in JP 2018-178039 A, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881244 A, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881245 A, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881246 A, compounds described in JP Compounds described in JP 2022-104822 A, compounds described in JP 2022-096701 A, compounds described in JP 2020-023652 A, green pigments described on pages 80 to 84 of the Journal of the Color Materials Association (published in 2022), compounds described in JP 2022-143135 A, compounds described in JP 2022-140287 A, compounds described in WO 2022/136308 A, perylene compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113061349 A, cyan pigments described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0018993 A, isoindoline compounds described in JP 2020-180176 A, JP 2022-143135 A Compounds described in JP-A-023-013209, compounds described in JP-A-2023-013166, xanthene compounds described in WO 2023/286526, compounds described in JP-A-2021-155746, compounds described in JP-A-2021-155747, compounds described in JP-A-2021-155748, compounds described in JP-A-2021-155749, compounds described in WO 2018/051876, compounds described in JP-A-2020-083981, compounds described in JP-A-2023-056463, compounds described in JP-T-2023-515473, and the like can also be used.

 有彩色着色剤は、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、有彩色着色剤を2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。 Two or more chromatic colorants may be used in combination. When two or more chromatic colorants are used in combination, the combination of two or more chromatic colorants may form black.

 黒色着色剤としては特に限定されず、公知のものを用いることができる。黒色色材は、無機黒色色材であってもよく、有機黒色色材であってもよい。黒色色材は、顔料であることが好ましい。なお、本開示において、黒色色材は、波長400~700nmの全ての範囲にわたって吸収を示す色材を意味する。無機黒色色材としては、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、グラファイト、酸窒化ジルコニウム、窒化ジルコニウム等が挙げられる。チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子であり、低次酸化チタンや酸窒化チタンが好ましい。チタンブラックは、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0044に記載のチタンブラックを用いることができる。窒化ジルコニウムは、特開2023-048173号公報に記載の化合物を用いることができる。有機黒色色材としては、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物等が挙げられ、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、ペリレン化合物が好ましい。有機黒色色材は、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0166に記載の化合物を用いることができる。また、有機黒色色材としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落0016~0020に記載のペリレンブラック(Lumogen Black FK4280等)、特開2022-121935号公報に記載の黒色アゾ顔料を用いることができる。 The black colorant is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used. The black colorant may be an inorganic black colorant or an organic black colorant. The black colorant is preferably a pigment. In this disclosure, the black colorant means a colorant that exhibits absorption over the entire range of wavelengths from 400 to 700 nm. Examples of inorganic black colorants include carbon black, titanium black, graphite, zirconium oxynitride, and zirconium nitride. Titanium black is a black particle containing titanium atoms, and low-order titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride are preferred. Titanium black can be the titanium black described in paragraph 0044 of International Publication No. 2022/085485. Zirconium nitride can be the compound described in JP-A-2023-048173. Examples of organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferred. The organic black coloring material may be a compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2022/065215. In addition, the organic black coloring material may be perylene black (Lumogen Black FK4280, etc.) described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP 2017-226821 A, or a black azo pigment described in JP 2022-121935 A.

 他の着色剤の含有量は、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%~90質量%であってもよく、0.1質量%~80質量%であってもよく、10質量%~75質量%であってもよく、30質量%~70質量%であってもよい。
 本開示の着色組成物は、他の着色剤を、1種単独で含んでいてもよいし、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。本開示の着色組成物が1種又は2種以上の他の着色剤を含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present disclosure, the content of the other colorant may be 0.01% by mass to 90% by mass, 0.1% by mass to 80% by mass, 10% by mass to 75% by mass, or 30% by mass to 70% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition.
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain one type of other colorant alone or two or more types. When the coloring composition of the present disclosure contains one or more other colorants, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<顔料誘導体>
 本開示の着色組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することができる。顔料誘導体は、例えば、分散助剤として用いられる。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基又は塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。
<Pigment Derivatives>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative is used, for example, as a dispersing aid. Examples of the pigment derivative include a compound having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a colorant skeleton.

 顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、キノリン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、スクアリリウム色素骨格、クロコニウム色素骨格、オキソノール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、アゾメチン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、チオインジゴ色素骨格、イソインドリン色素骨格、イソインドリノン色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、ジチオール色素骨格、トリアリールメタン色素骨格、及びピロメテン色素骨格等が挙げられる。  Examples of the pigment skeletons that make up the pigment derivatives include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, an azo dye skeleton, an azomethine dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, an anthraquinone dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, a dioxazine dye skeleton, a perinone dye skeleton, a perylene dye skeleton, a thioindigo dye skeleton, an isoindoline dye skeleton, an isoindolinone dye skeleton, a quinophthalone dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a dithiol dye skeleton, a triarylmethane dye skeleton, and a pyrromethene dye skeleton.

 酸基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられ、スルホ基が好ましい。塩を構成する原子又は原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、K等)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+等)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオン等が挙げられる。カルボン酸アミド基としては、-NHCORX1で表される基が好ましい。スルホン酸アミド基としては、-NHSOX2で表される基が好ましい。イミド酸基としては、-SONHSOX3、-CONHSOX4、-CONHCORX5又はSONHCORX6で表される基が好ましく、-SONHSOX3がより好ましい。RX1~RX6は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。RX1~RX6が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子が好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof, with a sulfo group being preferred. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion. A preferred example of the carboxylic acid amide group is a group represented by -NHCOR X1 . A preferred example of the sulfonic acid amide group is a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 . A preferred example of the imide acid group is a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 , or SO 2 NHCOR X6 , with -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 being more preferred. R x1 to R x6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R x1 to R x6 may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, and more preferably a fluorine atom.

 塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基及びその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、フタルイミドメチル基、-SRX7N(RX8、並びに-SOX9SONHRX10N(RX11で表される基が挙げられ、-SRX7N(RX8及び-SOX9SONHRX10N(RX11で表される基が好ましい。RX7~RX11は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。塩を構成する原子又は原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salts, an ammonium group salt, a phthalimidomethyl group, -SR X7 N(R X8 ) 2 , and a group represented by -SO 2 R X9 SO 2 NHR X10 N(R X11 ) 2 , with -SR X7 N(R X8 ) 2 and -SO 2 R X9 SO 2 NHR X10 N(R X11 ) 2 being preferred. R X7 to R X11 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include a hydroxide ion, a halogen ion, a carboxylate ion, a sulfonate ion, and a phenoxide ion.

 顔料誘導体は、可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を用いることもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400nm~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は、3,000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1,000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが更に好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 The pigment derivative may be a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative). The maximum molar absorption coefficient (εmax) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 nm to 700 nm is preferably 3,000 L mol- 1 cm- 1 or less, more preferably 1,000 L mol- 1 cm -1 or less, and even more preferably 100 L mol- 1 cm -1 or less. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L mol- 1 cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L mol- 1 cm -1 or more.

 本開示の着色組成物は、上記した式1で表される顔料誘導体が含まれていてもよい。上記した式1で表される顔料誘導体の好ましい具体例としてY-31~Y-33を以下に示すが、上記した式1で表される顔料誘導体はこれに限定されるものではない。 The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative represented by the above formula 1. Preferred specific examples of the pigment derivative represented by the above formula 1 are shown below as Y-31 to Y-33, but the pigment derivative represented by the above formula 1 is not limited thereto.

 本開示の着色組成物は、上記顔料誘導体以外にも、有色誘導体が含まれていてもよい。有色誘導体としては、例えば以下の構造の顔料誘導体X-1が挙げられる。 The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a colored derivative in addition to the pigment derivatives described above. An example of a colored derivative is pigment derivative X-1 having the following structure.

 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0124に記載の化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩、特許第6996282号の一般式(1)に記載のイソインドリン骨格を有する化合物、特開2019-172968号公報に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第115124889号明細書に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of pigment derivatives include the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, the benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, the compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282 A, the compounds described in JP 2019-172968 A, and the compounds described in the specification of Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 115124889.

 本開示の着色組成物において、顔料誘導体の含有量は、本開示の着色組成物に含まれる着色剤の総量100質量部に対し、1質量部~30質量部が好ましく、3質量部~20質量部がより好ましい。また、顔料誘導体と着色剤との合計の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%~90質量%であってもよく、0.1質量%~80質量%であってもよく、10質量%~75質量%であってもよく、30質量%~70質量%であってもよい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 In the coloring composition of the present disclosure, the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 part by mass to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present disclosure. Furthermore, the total content of the pigment derivative and the colorant may be 0.01% by mass to 90% by mass, 0.1% by mass to 80% by mass, 10% by mass to 75% by mass, or 30% by mass to 70% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.

<樹脂>
 本開示の着色組成物は、樹脂を含む。
 本開示において、樹脂は、例えば、着色剤等を着色組成物中で分散させる分散剤としての用途、又は、着色組成物を調製する際のバインダーとしての用途で配合される。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。
<Resin>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure includes a resin.
In the present disclosure, the resin is blended for use as a dispersant for dispersing a colorant or the like in the colored composition, or as a binder when preparing the colored composition. However, such uses of the resin are merely examples, and the resin may be used for purposes other than these uses.

 樹脂の重量平均分子量は、3,000~2,000,000が好ましい。上限は、1,000,000以下が好ましく、500,000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4,000以上が好ましく、5,000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.

 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、酢酸ビニル樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。環状オレフィン樹脂としては、耐熱性向上の観点からノルボルネン樹脂が好ましい。ノルボルネン樹脂の市販品としては、例えば、JSR(株)製のARTONシリーズ(例えば、ARTON F4520)等が挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2016/088645号の実施例に記載された樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-167513号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-173787号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載された樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載された樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂を用いることもできる。また、樹脂としては、フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂を好ましく用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂については、米国特許出願公開第2017/0102610号明細書の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本開示に組み込まれる。また、樹脂としては、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式(1)で表される樹脂、国際公開第2022/030445号に記載のエポキシ基と酸基を含む共重合体、特開2018-135514号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-041046号公報に記載の共重合体、特開2023-033156号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2023-030386号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2023-027753号公報に記載の樹脂を用いることもできる。 The resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, vinyl acetate resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, polyurethane resins, polyurea resins, etc. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more may be mixed and used. As the cyclic olefin resin, norbornene resin is preferred from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance. Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series (e.g., ARTON F4520) manufactured by JSR Corporation. In addition, examples of the resin include those described in the examples of WO 2016/088645, those described in JP 2017-057265 A, those described in JP 2017-032685 A, those described in JP 2017-075248 A, those described in JP 2017-066240 A, those described in JP 2017-167513 A, those described in JP 2017-173787 A, and those described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of JP 2017-206689 A. Resins described in paragraphs 0022 to 0071 of JP 2018-010856 A, blocked polyisocyanate resins described in JP 2016-222891 A, resins described in JP 2020-122052 A, resins described in JP 2020-111656 A, resins described in JP 2020-139021 A, resins containing a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain described in JP 2017-138503 A can also be used. In addition, resins having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used as the resin. For resins having a fluorene skeleton, the description in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, and the contents of this specification are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, as the resin, the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP 2020-186373 A, the alkali-soluble resin described in JP 2020-186325 A, the resin represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 A, the copolymer containing an epoxy group and an acid group described in WO 2022/030445 A, the compound described in JP 2018-135514 A, the copolymer described in JP 2020-041046 A, the resin described in JP 2023-033156 A, the resin described in JP 2023-030386 A, and the resin described in JP 2023-027753 A can also be used.

 樹脂として、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。酸基を有する樹脂は、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として用いることができる。酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30mgKOH/g~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が最も好ましい。 It is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group. These acid groups may be of only one type or of two or more types. The resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin. The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 mgKOH/g to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

 樹脂としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0056~0059に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 The resin may also be the compound described in paragraphs 0056 to 0059 of WO 2022/085485.

 樹脂としては、重合性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和基及び環状エーテル基が挙げられる。中でも、感度の観点から、(メタ)アクリロイル基、エポキシ基又はオキセタニル基を有することが好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group. Among them, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferable to use a resin having a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetanyl group.

 また、樹脂として、エポキシトリシクロデカン基を側鎖に有する樹脂を使用することも好ましい。 It is also preferable to use a resin having an epoxytricyclodecane group on the side chain as the resin.

 樹脂としては、式(X)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (X).

 式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21及びR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2又は3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。 In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.

 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide or propylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol. Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).

 樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Acともいう)を用いることも好ましい。樹脂Acにおいて、芳香族カルボキシル基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシル基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本開示において、芳香族カルボキシル基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシル基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシル基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシル基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ac). In resin Ac, the aromatic carboxyl group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit, or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxyl group is contained in the main chain of the repeating unit. In this disclosure, an aromatic carboxyl group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. In the aromatic carboxyl group, the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.

 樹脂Acは、式(Ac-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。 The resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and the repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).

 式(Ac-1)中、Arは芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、Lは、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。
 式(Ac-2)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。
In formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents --COO-- or CONH--, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 represents a polymer chain.

 式(Ac-1)においてArが表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造等が挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物及び芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。 In formula (Ac-1), examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, etc. Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.

 上記式中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、下記式(Q-1)で表される基又は下記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。 In the above formula, Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).

 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基は、重合性基を有していてもよい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和基又は環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基であることがより好ましい。
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基の具体例としては、式(Ar-11)で表される基、式(Ar-12)で表される基、及び式(Ar-13)で表される基等が挙げられる。
The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group or a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13).

 式(Ar-11)中、n1は1~4の整数を表し、1又は2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
 式(Ar-12)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Ar-13)中、n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3及びn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
 式(Ar-13)中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基又は上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
 式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中、*1は式(Ac-1)におけるLとの結合位置を表す。
In formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and are preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and further preferably 1. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or greater.
In formula (Ar-13), Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the above formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
In formulae (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), *1 represents the bonding position to L1 in formula (Ac-1).

 式(Ac-1)においてLは、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-1), L1 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and preferably represents --COO--.

 式(Ac-1)においてLが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。Lが表す2価の連結基は、-L2a-O-で表される基であることが好ましい。L2aは、アルキレン基;アリーレン基;アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基;アルキレン基及びアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及びS-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基等が挙げられ、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。 In formula (Ac-1), the divalent linking group represented by L 2 includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the arylene group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-. L 2a may be an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group combining an alkylene group and an arylene group; a group combining at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and S-, and is preferably an alkylene group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group.

 式(Ac-2)においてAr10が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、式(Ac-1)のArと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。 The aromatic carboxyl group-containing group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.

 式(Ac-2)においてL11は、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-2), L11 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and preferably represents --COO--.

 式(Ac-2)においてL12が表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。L12が表す3価の連結基は、式(L12-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(L12-2)で表される基であることがより好ましい。 In formula (Ac-2), the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).

 式(L12-1)中、L12bは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12bが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及び-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基;等が挙げられ、炭化水素基又は炭化水素基と-O-とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2). Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b include a hydrocarbon group; a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-; and the like, and a hydrocarbon group or a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with -O- is preferred.

 式(L12-2)中、L12cは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12cが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及び-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基;等が挙げられ、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2). Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c include a hydrocarbon group; a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-; and the like, with a hydrocarbon group being preferred.

 式(Ac-2)においてP10はポリマー鎖を表す。P10が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル繰り返し単位、ポリエーテル繰り返し単位、ポリエステル繰り返し単位及びポリオール繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖P10の重量平均分子量は500~20,000が好ましい。下限は1,000以上がより好ましい。上限は10,000以下がより好ましく、5,000以下が更に好ましく、3,000以下が特に好ましい。P10の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好である。芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂が式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である場合は、この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 In formula (Ac-2), P 10 represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly(meth)acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units, and polyol repeating units. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000. The lower limit is more preferably 1,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good. When the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.

 P10が表すポリマー鎖は、重合性基を含んでいてもよい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和基が挙げられる。 The polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group may be an ethylenically unsaturated group.

 本開示の着色組成物は、分散剤としての樹脂を含有することが好ましい。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%とした場合に、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシル基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10mgKOH/g~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%とした場合に、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。
 塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。
The coloring composition of the present disclosure preferably contains a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g. In addition, the basic dispersant (basic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than 50 mol% is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%.
The basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.

 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフトポリマーであることも好ましい。グラフトポリマーの詳細については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本開示に組み込まれる。
 また、上記樹脂が、分散安定性の観点から、グラフト鎖を有するグラフトポリマーであり、かつ上記グラフト鎖が、ポリエーテル鎖、ポリエステル鎖及びポリアクリル鎖よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含み、かつ上記グラフト鎖の重量平均分子量が、1,000以上である樹脂を含むことが好ましい。
The resin used as the dispersant is preferably a graft polymer. For details of the graft polymer, refer to paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, it is preferable that the resin is a graft polymer having a graft chain, the graft chain includes at least one type selected from the group consisting of a polyether chain, a polyester chain, and a polyacrylic chain, and the weight average molecular weight of the graft chain is 1,000 or more.

 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本開示に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of the main chain and side chain. As the polyimine-based dispersant, a resin having a main chain with a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less and a side chain with an atomic number of 40 to 10,000, and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and side chain is preferable. There are no particular restrictions on the basic nitrogen atom, so long as it is a nitrogen atom that exhibits basicity. For details of polyimine-based dispersants, please refer to the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えば、デンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31等が挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is preferably one having a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core portion. Examples of such resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP 2013-043962 A.

 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
 オキセタン基を有する樹脂としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/182268号、又は、国際公開第2021/187257号記載の樹脂を用いることができる。
The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain. The content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 mol % to 70 mol %, of all repeating units of the resin.
As a resin having an oxetane group, for example, a resin described in WO 2021/182268 or WO 2021/187257 can be used.

 また、分散剤として用いる樹脂は、オキセタン基を側鎖に含む樹脂であることが好ましく、オキセタン基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることがより好ましい。
 更に、オキセタン基を側鎖に含む樹脂は、グラフトポリマーであることが好ましい。
 オキセタン基を側鎖に含む樹脂としては、後述する実施例にて記載しているものが好適に挙げられる。上記樹脂におけるオキセタン基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
Moreover, the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin containing an oxetane group on the side chain, and more preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an oxetane group on the side chain.
Furthermore, the resin containing an oxetane group in the side chain is preferably a graft polymer.
Suitable examples of the resin containing an oxetane group in a side chain include those described in the Examples below. The content of repeating units having an oxetane group in a side chain in the above resin is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 mol % to 70 mol %, of all repeating units in the resin.

 また、分散剤として、特開2018-087939号公報に記載された樹脂、特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219~0221に記載されたブロック共重合体(EB-1)~(EB-9)、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載のポリエステル側鎖を有するポリエチレンイミン、国際公開第2019/125940号に記載のブロック共重合体、特開2020-066687号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特開2020-066688号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載の分散剤等を用いることもできる。 In addition, as dispersants, resins described in JP 2018-087939 A, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6,432,077 A, polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in WO 2016/104803 A, block copolymers described in WO 2019/125940 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066687 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066688 A, dispersants described in WO 2016/104803 A, and the like can also be used.

 分散剤として、ポリアミック酸型分散樹脂、ポリイミド型分散樹脂を用いることもできる。このような樹脂としては国際公開第2022/019253号、国際公開第2022/019254号、国際公開第2022/019255号に記載の分散剤等を用いることもできる。 As the dispersant, polyamic acid type dispersing resins and polyimide type dispersing resins can also be used. As such resins, dispersants described in WO 2022/019253, WO 2022/019254, and WO 2022/019255 can also be used.

 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDisperbykシリーズ(例えば、Disperbyk-111、161、2001等)、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース20000、76500等)、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercially available products, and specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Corp. (e.g., Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), and the Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd. In addition, the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.

 本開示の着色組成物がラジカル硬化性化合物として樹脂を含む場合、樹脂の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、酸基を有する樹脂の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 本開示の着色組成物が分散剤としての樹脂を含有する場合、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1質量%~30質量%が好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、着色剤100質量部に対して、1質量部~100質量部が好ましい。上限は、80質量部以下であることがより好ましく、70質量部以下であることが更に好ましく、60質量部以下であることが特に好ましい。下限は、5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、10質量部以上であることが更に好ましく、20質量部以上であることが特に好ましい。
 本開示の着色組成物は、樹脂を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the coloring composition of the present disclosure contains a resin as a radical curable compound, the content of the resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The content of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
When the coloring composition of the present disclosure contains a resin as a dispersant, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition. The upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant. The upper limit is more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
The colored composition of the present disclosure may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types of resins are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.

<重合性化合物>
 本開示の着色組成物は、重合性化合物を含有することができる。
 重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。
<Polymerizable Compound>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a polymerizable compound.
The polymerizable compound may, for example, be a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.

 樹脂タイプの重合性化合物としては、ラジカル重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂等が挙げられる。樹脂タイプの重合性化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2,000~2,000,000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、1,000,000以下であることがより好ましく、500,000以下であることが更に好ましい。重量平均分子量の下限は、3,000以上であることがより好ましく、5,000以上であることが更に好ましい。 Examples of resin-type polymerizable compounds include resins containing repeating units with radically polymerizable groups. The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit of the weight-average molecular weight is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 5,000 or more.

 モノマータイプの重合性化合物(すなわち重合性モノマー)の分子量は、2,000未満であることが好ましく、1,500以下であることがより好ましい。重合性モノマーの分子量の下限は100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the monomer-type polymerizable compound (i.e., polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2,000, and more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 200 or more.

 重合性モノマーとしてのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0128に記載の化合物、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物等が挙げられ、これらの内容は本開示に組み込まれる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0128 of WO 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP 2017-194662 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0129~0137に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物は、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有する化合物でもよく、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物でもよく、アルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物でもよく、フルオレン骨格を有する化合物でもよい。 As a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the compounds described in paragraphs 0129 to 0137 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used. The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group may be a compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, or a phosphate group, a compound having a caprolactone structure, a compound having an alkyleneoxy group, or a compound having a fluorene skeleton.

 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上、大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)、特開2023-043479号公報に記載のデンドリマー構造またはハイパーブランチ構造を有する重合性化合物等を用いることも好ましい。 As compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group, it is also preferable to use UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), polymerizable compounds having a dendrimer structure or hyperbranch structure as described in JP-A No. 2023-043479, etc.

 重合性化合物の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、45質量%以下がより好ましく、40質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 本開示の着色組成物において、重合性化合物は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.
In the colored composition of the present disclosure, the polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination with two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<光重合開始剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、光重合開始剤を含有することができる。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。光重合開始剤としては、例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。また、光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<Photopolymerization initiator>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.

 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物等)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物等が挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物及び3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。光重合開始剤については、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111、及び特許第6301489号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本開示に組み込まれる。 Photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazole dimer, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, or a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound, more preferably a compound selected from an oxime compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound. For information on photopolymerization initiators, please refer to paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A and the description of Japanese Patent No. 6301489 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、IRGACURE-379、及び、IRGACURE-379EG(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE-819、DAROCUR-TPO(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (all manufactured by BASF). Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, IRGACURE-379, and IRGACURE-379EG (all manufactured by BASF). Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (all manufactured by BASF).

 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落0025~0038に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン等が挙げられる。市販品としては、IRGACURE-OXE01、IRGACURE-OXE02、IRGACURE-OXE03、IRGACURE-OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)等が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
 また、光重合開始剤として用いられるカルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基が置換したオキシム化合物として、国際公開第2019/088055号に記載されたものを使用することもできる。また、光重合開始剤として、中国特許出願公開第110066225号明細書に記載のオキシムエステル化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2022-0076157号公報に記載の化合物、トリアリールアミンまたはN-アリールカルバゾール骨格を有する国際公開第2019/013112号の段落番号0042~0062に記載の化合物、特許第7219378号公報に記載のオキシムエステル系光重合開始剤、韓国公開特許第10-2021-0146174号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2019/013112号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2023-033731号公報に記載の光重合開始剤を使用することができる。
Examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232) described compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-T-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, compounds described in WO 2015/152153, compounds described in WO 2017/051680, compounds described in JP-A-2017-198865, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of WO 2017/164127, and the like. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one. Commercially available products include IRGACURE-OXE01, IRGACURE-OXE02, IRGACURE-OXE03, IRGACURE-OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052), and the like. In addition, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound that is not colorable or a compound that is highly transparent and does not easily discolor. Commercially available products include ADEKA ARCLES NCI-730, NCI-831, NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), and the like.
In addition, as an oxime compound in which a hydroxy group is substituted on a carbazole skeleton used as a photopolymerization initiator, those described in International Publication No. WO 2019/088055 can also be used. In addition, as a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime ester compound described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 110066225, a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2022-0076157, a compound described in paragraphs 0042 to 0062 of International Publication No. WO 2019/013112 having a triarylamine or N-arylcarbazole skeleton, an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 7219378, a photopolymerization initiator described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2021-0146174, a photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. WO 2019/013112, a photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2023-033731 can be used.

 また、光重合開始剤として、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。この内容は本開示に組み込まれる。 Also, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP 2014-137466 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 また、光重合開始剤として、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)等が挙げられる。この内容は本開示に組み込まれる。 Furthermore, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP 2014-500852 A, and compound (C-3) described in JP 2013-164471 A. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 更に、光重合開始剤として、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 Furthermore, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as a photopolymerization initiator. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is a dimer. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 A and paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 A, and ADEKA ARCLES NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).

 光重合開始剤として、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載のOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 Oxime compounds having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as photopolymerization initiators. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.

 なお、光重合開始剤として、インドール骨格を有するオキシム化合物、ジベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物、シクロアルカンを置換基に有するアルキル基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。 In addition, oxime compounds having an indole skeleton, oxime compounds having a dibenzofuran skeleton, and oxime compounds having an alkyl group with a cycloalkane as a substituent can also be used as photopolymerization initiators.

 好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of oxime compounds that are preferably used are shown below, but are not limited to these.

 オキシム化合物は、波長350nm~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360nm~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1,000~300,000であることがより好ましく、2,000~300,000であることが更に好ましく、5,000~200,000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 nm to 480 nm. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1,000 to 300,000, even more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.

 また、光及び熱の両方で重合可能な重合開始剤として、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019、国際公開第2018/221177号、国際公開第2018/110179号、又は、特開2019-43864号公報に記載のパーオキサイド化合物が挙げられる。 In addition, examples of polymerization initiators that can be polymerized by both light and heat include the peroxide compounds described in MATERIAL STAGE pp. 37-60, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019, WO 2018/221177, WO 2018/110179, or JP 2019-43864 A.

 光重合開始剤として、2官能又は3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤等への溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、着色組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能又は3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)及び化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落0007に記載されているオキシムエステル類光開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)等が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound with an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is reduced and the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, so that precipitation is less likely to occur over time, and the stability over time of the coloring composition can be improved. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include the dimers of oxime compounds described in JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2011-524436, WO-P-2015/004565, WO-P-2016-532675, paragraphs 0407 to 0412, and WO-P-2017/033680, paragraphs 0039 to 0055, and the compounds described in JP-T-2013-522445. Examples of the photoinitiator include compound (E) and compound (G), Cmpd1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, the oxime ester photoinitiator described in paragraph 0007 of JP-T-2017-523465, the photoinitiator described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033 of JP-A-2017-167399, and the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of JP-A-2017-151342.

 本開示の着色組成物の全固形分中の光重合開始剤の含有量は、0.1質量%~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、20質量%以下が好ましく、15質量%以下がより好ましい。本開示の着色組成物において、光重合開始剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition of the present disclosure is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. In the coloring composition of the present disclosure, only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.

<界面活性剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤等の各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤又はフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤を参照することができ、この内容は本開示に組み込まれる。
<Surfactant>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants may be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant. For the surfactant, reference may be made to the surfactants described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of WO 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3質量%~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5質量%~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7質量%~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、着色組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% to 25% by mass. Fluorine surfactants with a fluorine content within this range are effective in terms of uniformity of the coating film thickness and liquid saving, and also have good solubility in the coloring composition.

 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0167~0173に記載の化合物、特開2022-000494号公報に記載の含フッ素共重合体等を用いることもできる。 As fluorosurfactants, compounds described in paragraphs 0167 to 0173 of WO 2022/085485, fluorine-containing copolymers described in JP 2022-000494 A, etc. can also be used.

 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0174に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 As a nonionic surfactant, the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.

 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、DOWSIL SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentum Co., Ltd.). Examples include BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, and BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc.

 また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。  Also, compounds with the following structure can be used as silicone surfactants.

 着色組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.005質量%~3.0質量%であることがより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. There may be only one type of surfactant, or two or more types. When there are two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.

<重合禁止剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。着色組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001質量%~5質量%であることが好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerium salts, etc.). Among these, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 5% by mass. The polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.

<赤外線吸収剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を含有することができる。例えば、本開示の着色組成物を用いて赤外線透過フィルタを形成する場合においては、着色組成物中に赤外線吸収剤を含有させることで得られる膜について透過させる光の波長をより長波長側にシフトさせることができる。赤外線吸収剤は、極大吸収波長を波長700nmよりも長波長側に有する化合物であることが好ましい。赤外線吸収剤は波長700nmを超え1800nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが好ましい。また、赤外線吸収剤の波長500nmにおける吸光度Aと極大吸収波長における吸光度Aとの比率A/Aは、0.08以下であることが好ましく、0.04以下であることがより好ましい。
<Infrared absorbent>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain an infrared absorbing agent. For example, when an infrared transmission filter is formed using the coloring composition of the present disclosure, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by containing an infrared absorbing agent in the coloring composition can be shifted to a longer wavelength side. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than a wavelength of 700 nm. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and not more than 1800 nm. In addition, the ratio A 1 /A 2 of the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the infrared absorbing agent to the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.

 赤外線吸収剤としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。
 具体的には、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落0114~0121に記載の化合物、国際公開第2021/049441号の段落番号0144~0146に記載の化合物、特開2021-195515号公報に記載のクロコン酸化合物、特開2022-022070号公報に記載の近赤外線吸収性色素、国際公開第2019/021767号に記載のクロコニウム化合物、特開2019-127549号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/059619号に記載の化合物等を用いることもできる。
Examples of the infrared absorber include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, and metal borides.
Specifically, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114 to 0121 of WO 2022/065215, the compounds described in paragraphs 0144 to 0146 of WO 2021/049441, the croconic acid compounds described in JP 2021-195515 A, the near infrared absorbing dyes described in JP 2022-022070 A, the croconium compounds described in WO 2019/021767 A, the compounds described in JP 2019-127549 A, and the compounds described in WO 2022/059619 A can also be used.

 着色組成物の全固形分中における赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、1質量%~40質量%であることが好ましい。下限は2質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は30質量%以下がより好ましく、25質量%以下が更に好ましい。本開示の着色組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。赤外線吸収剤を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the infrared absorbing agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25% by mass or less. The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain only one type of infrared absorbing agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of infrared absorbing agents are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<紫外線吸収剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物等が挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0179に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。紫外線吸収剤として、特開2021-178918号公報に記載の反応性トリアジン紫外線吸収剤、特開2022-007884号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤、韓国公開特許第10-2022-0014454号公報に記載の化合物、特開2023-013321号公報に記載の化合物等を用いることもできる。
 着色組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Ultraviolet absorbing agent>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and the like. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485. As ultraviolet absorbers, reactive triazine ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2021-178918, ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2022-007884, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2022-0014454, compounds described in JP-A-2023-013321, and the like may also be used.
The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<酸化防止剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物等が挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。上述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)等が挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。着色組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3質量%~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Antioxidants>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. As the phenolic compound, any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used. A preferred phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound. A compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferred. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. In addition, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferred. In addition, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be suitably used. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite. Commercially available antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation). In addition, the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.3% by mass to 15% by mass. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<エポキシ化合物>
 本開示の着色組成物は、エポキシ化合物を含有することができる。
 エポキシ化合物は、エポキシ基を1分子内に1~100個有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基の上限は、例えば、1分子内に10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。
<Epoxy Compound>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure can contain an epoxy compound.
The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups in one molecule may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.

 エポキシ化合物は、エポキシ当量(=エポキシ化合物の分子量/エポキシ基の数)が500g/当量以下であることが好ましく、100~400g/当量であることがより好ましく、100~300g/当量であることが更に好ましい。 The epoxy compound preferably has an epoxy equivalent (= molecular weight of the epoxy compound/number of epoxy groups) of 500 g/equivalent or less, more preferably 100 to 400 g/equivalent, and even more preferably 100 to 300 g/equivalent.

 エポキシ化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。エポキシ化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下がさらに好ましく、5000以下が一層好ましく、3000以下がより一層好ましい。 The epoxy compound may be a low molecular weight compound (e.g., molecular weight less than 1000) or a high molecular weight compound (macromolecule) (e.g., molecular weight 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, weight average molecular weight 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the epoxy compound is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.

 エポキシ化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。これらの内容は、本開示に組み込まれる。 As the epoxy compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP 2013-011869 A, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP 2014-043556 A, and paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of JP 2014-089408 A can also be used. The contents of these are incorporated herein by reference.

 本開示の着色組成物がエポキシ化合物を含有する場合、エポキシ化合物の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、0.0001~20質量%が好ましく、0.001質量%~10質量%であることがより好ましい。エポキシ化合物は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present disclosure contains an epoxy compound, the content of the epoxy compound is preferably 0.0001 to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. Only one type of epoxy compound may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.

<溶剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、溶剤を含む。
 溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤等が挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本開示に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。
 有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<Solvent>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure includes a solvent.
Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied. Examples of the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For details of these, reference can be made to paragraph number 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate ... Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol. However, there are cases where it is better to reduce the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).

 本開示においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は、例えば、東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present disclosure, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content. The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).

 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。 Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.

 有機溶剤は、異性体(すなわち、原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (i.e., compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Also, the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer or multiple types of isomers.

 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.

 着色組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass.

 また、本開示の着色組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本開示において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、着色組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えば、ベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、着色組成物に用いられる各成分等を製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として着色組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば、重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、又はこれらの化合物を混ぜて調製した着色組成物の段階等のいずれの段階でも可能である。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the coloring composition of the present disclosure is substantially free of environmentally regulated substances. In this disclosure, substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the coloring composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less. Examples of environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These substances are registered as environmentally regulated substances under the REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals) regulations, the PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) Act, the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) regulations, etc., and their usage and handling methods are strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as solvents when producing each component used in the coloring composition, and may be mixed into the coloring composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental consideration, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing the environmentally regulated substances, a method of reducing the environmentally regulated substances by heating or reducing the pressure in the system to a temperature above the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances and distilling off the environmentally regulated substances from the system can be mentioned. In addition, when distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is useful to perform azeotropy with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the corresponding solvent in order to increase efficiency. In addition, when a radically polymerizable compound is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like may be added and then distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding during distillation under reduced pressure and causing crosslinking between molecules. These distillation methods can be performed at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of a colored composition prepared by mixing these compounds.

<硬化促進剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、硬化促進剤を含有することができる。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物等が挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0164に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
 着色組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は、0.3質量%~8.9質量%であることが好ましく、0.8質量%~6.4質量%であることがより好ましい。
<Curing accelerator>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include a thiol compound, a methylol compound, an amine compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an amidine salt compound, an amide compound, a base generator, an isocyanate compound, an alkoxysilane compound, and an onium salt compound. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compounds described in paragraph 0164 of WO 2022/085485.
The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably from 0.3% by mass to 8.9% by mass, and more preferably from 0.8% by mass to 6.4% by mass.

<シランカップリング剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本開示において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基等が挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基及びエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0177に記載の化合物、特開2019-183020号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
 着色組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~15.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~10.0質量%であることがより好ましい。
 シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Silane coupling agent>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a silane coupling agent. In the present disclosure, the silane coupling agent refers to a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferred. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of WO 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP-A 2019-183020.
The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 15.0% by mass, and more preferably from 0.05% by mass to 10.0% by mass.
The silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<連鎖移動剤>
 本開示の着色組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有することができる。
 連鎖移動剤としては、チオール化合物(以下、「チオール系連鎖移動剤」ともいう。)、チオカルボニルチオ化合物、芳香族α-メチルアルケニルの2量体等が挙げられ、少量の配合量であってもパターンの線幅を調整し易いという理由からチオール系連鎖移動剤が好ましい。
 また、チオール系連鎖移動剤によれば、感度及び基材密着性をより向上することができ、ラジカル重合開始剤の使用量を減らすことができ、本開示の着色組成物の硬化物において残渣が生じることを抑制することができる。
 なお、連鎖移動剤は、着色が少ない化合物であることが好ましい。
<Chain Transfer Agent>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a chain transfer agent.
Examples of the chain transfer agent include a thiol compound (hereinafter also referred to as a "thiol-based chain transfer agent"), a thiocarbonylthio compound, and an aromatic α-methylalkenyl dimer. Thiol-based chain transfer agents are preferred because they make it easy to adjust the line width of the pattern even when used in a small amount.
In addition, by using a thiol-based chain transfer agent, it is possible to further improve sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, and it is possible to reduce the amount of radical polymerization initiator used, and it is possible to suppress the generation of residues in the cured product of the colored composition of the present disclosure.
The chain transfer agent is preferably a compound that is less colored.

-チオール系連鎖移動剤-
 チオール系連鎖移動剤は、チオール基を1個以上有する化合物であり、チオール基を2個以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。チオール系連鎖移動剤に含まれるチオール基の数の上限は、20以下が好ましく、15以下がより好ましく、10以下が更に好ましく、8以下が特に好ましく、6以下が最も好ましい。チオール系連鎖移動剤に含まれるチオール基の数の下限は、3以上が好ましい。密着性の観点から、チオール系連鎖移動剤はチオール基を4個有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。チオール系連鎖移動剤は、チオール基が結合する炭素が置換基を有するチオール系連鎖移動剤であることが好ましく、チオール基が結合する炭素が置換基としてアルキル基を有するチオール系連鎖移動剤であることがより好ましい。
- Thiol-based chain transfer agent -
The thiol chain transfer agent is a compound having one or more thiol groups, and preferably a compound having two or more thiol groups. The upper limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 8 or less, and most preferably 6 or less. The lower limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably 3 or more. From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is particularly preferable that the thiol chain transfer agent is a compound having four thiol groups. The thiol chain transfer agent is preferably a thiol chain transfer agent in which the carbon to which the thiol group is bonded has a substituent, and more preferably a thiol chain transfer agent in which the carbon to which the thiol group is bonded has an alkyl group as a substituent.

-芳香族α-メチルアルケニルの2量体-
 芳香族α-メチルアルケニルの2量体としては、2,4-ジフェニル-4-メチル-1-ペンテン等が挙げられる。
- Aromatic α-methylalkenyl dimer -
An example of the aromatic α-methylalkenyl dimer is 2,4-diphenyl-4-methyl-1-pentene.

 また、連鎖移動剤としては、リビング重合の1種であるRAFT(Reversible Addition-Fragmentation chain Transfer)重合におけるRAFT剤で用いられるようなトリチオカーボネート化合物も好ましく使用することができる。 Furthermore, as a chain transfer agent, a trithiocarbonate compound such as that used as a RAFT agent in reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization, which is a type of living polymerization, can also be preferably used.

 連鎖移動剤の分子量は、昇華による装置汚染を抑制できる等の理由から、200以上であることが好ましい。上限は、単位質量あたりのSH価数を高めることができるという理由から、1,000以下が好ましく、800以下がより好ましく、600以下が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the chain transfer agent is preferably 200 or more, since this can suppress contamination of the apparatus due to sublimation. The upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 600 or less, since this can increase the SH valence per unit mass.

 連鎖移動剤の含有量は、密着性の観点から、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%であることが更に好ましい。連鎖移動剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 From the viewpoint of adhesion, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.

<その他成分>
 本開示の着色組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤等)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性等の性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0182に記載の化合物、特開2021-195421に記載のキサンテン型エポキシ樹脂、特開2021-195422号公報に記載のキサンテン型エポキシ樹脂等を用いることもできる。
<Other ingredients>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a filler, a heat curing accelerator, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (for example, conductive particles, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension adjusters, etc.). By appropriately incorporating these components, it is possible to adjust the properties of the film physical properties, etc. As these components, the compounds described in paragraph 0182 of WO 2022/085485, the xanthene type epoxy resins described in JP-A 2021-195421, the xanthene type epoxy resins described in JP-A 2021-195422, and the like can also be used.

 本開示の着色組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1nm~100nmが好ましく、3nm~70nmがより好ましく、5nm~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film. Examples of the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 . The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 nm to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.

 本開示の着色組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0183に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain a light resistance improver. The light resistance improver may be the compound described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.

 本開示の着色組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、着色組成物の全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the coloring composition of the present disclosure is substantially free of terephthalic acid esters. Here, "substantially free" means that the content of terephthalic acid esters in the total amount of the coloring composition is 1000 ppb by mass or less, more preferably 100 ppb by mass or less, and particularly preferably zero.

 環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本開示の着色組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、着色組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本開示の着色組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない着色組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本開示の着色組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。環境規制の観点から、含フッ素化合物の使用が規制されることがある。硬化性組成物中の含フッ素化合物の含有量を少なくする場合、硬化性組成物中の含フッ素化合物の含有量は5質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0.1質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。硬化性組成物は、含フッ素化合物を実質的に含まなくてもよい。 From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be restricted. In the coloring composition of the present disclosure, when the content of the above-mentioned compounds is reduced, the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The coloring composition of the present disclosure may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, a coloring composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt may be selected by using a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt. Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from the scope of regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt. The coloring composition of the present disclosure may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt within the maximum allowable range. From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, the use of fluorine-containing compounds may be regulated. When the content of the fluorine-containing compound in the curable composition is reduced, the content of the fluorine-containing compound in the curable composition is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.1% by mass or less. The curable composition may be substantially free of fluorine-containing compounds.

 本開示の着色組成物の含水率は、3質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~1.5質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~1.0質量%の範囲であることが更に好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The water content of the coloring composition of the present disclosure is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 1.0% by mass. The water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.

 本開示の着色組成物は、膜面状(平坦性等)の調整、膜厚の調整等を目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。
 本開示の着色組成物は、環境対応、異物発生の抑制、装置汚染の抑制等の観点から、着色組成物中の塩化物イオン量が10,000ppm以下であることが好ましく、1000ppm以下であることがより好ましい。着色組成物中の塩化物イオンを上記範囲とするためには、塩化物イオン含有量が少ない原料を使用すること、水洗、イオン交換樹脂、フィルタろ過等で塩化物イオンを除去する方法等が挙げられる。塩化物イオンの測定方法としては公知の方法を使用でき、例えば、イオンクロマトグラフィー、燃焼イオンクロマトグラフィー等が挙げられる。
The colored composition of the present disclosure can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, etc. The value of the viscosity can be appropriately selected as necessary, and is preferably, for example, 0.3 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s, and more preferably 0.5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s at 25° C. The viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer, with the temperature adjusted to 25° C.
In the coloring composition of the present disclosure, the amount of chloride ions in the coloring composition is preferably 10,000 ppm or less, more preferably 1000 ppm or less, from the viewpoints of environmental friendliness, suppression of foreign matter generation, suppression of equipment contamination, etc. In order to make the chloride ions in the coloring composition fall within the above range, a method of using a raw material with a low chloride ion content, a method of removing chloride ions by washing with water, ion exchange resin, filter filtration, etc., etc. can be mentioned. A known method can be used as a method for measuring chloride ions, and examples thereof include ion chromatography, combustion ion chromatography, etc.

<収容容器>
 着色組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0187に記載の容器を用いることもできる。
<Containment container>
The container for storing the coloring composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used. In addition, the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as the container.

<着色組成物の調製方法>
 本開示の着色組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。着色組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解及び/又は分散して着色組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液又は分散液としておいて、使用時(例えば塗布時)にこれらを混合して着色組成物を調製してもよい。
<Method of preparing coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. When preparing the coloring composition, all components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the coloring composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are mixed at the time of use (for example, at the time of application) to prepare the coloring composition.

 また、着色組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーション等が挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散等が挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離等で粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセス及び分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用できる。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば、特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズとしては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼、ガラス又はそれらの組み合わせを使用できる。また、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用できる。組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 In addition, it is preferable that the preparation of the coloring composition includes a process for dispersing the pigment. In the process for dispersing the pigment, examples of mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion. In addition, in the grinding of the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter, increase the bead packing rate, and perform the process under conditions that increase the grinding efficiency. In addition, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, etc. after the grinding process. In addition, the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment may be suitably used as described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Joho Kika Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Application Practice Focusing on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and in paragraph number 0022 of JP2015-157893A. In addition, in the process for dispersing the pigment, a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process, the descriptions in, for example, JP2015-194521A and JP2012-046629A may be referred to. As beads used for dispersion, zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, glass, or a combination thereof may be used. In addition, inorganic compounds with a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can be used. The composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the above beads.

 着色組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減等の目的で、着色組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。例えば、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0196~0199に記載のフィルタ及びろ過方法を用いることもできる。 When preparing the coloring composition, it is preferable to filter the coloring composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter, reducing defects, etc. For example, the filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.

≪膜≫
 本開示に係る膜は、本開示の着色組成物を硬化してなる膜である。
上記硬化の方法は、特に限定されないが、紫外光等の活性光線の露光による硬化、加熱による硬化等が挙げられる。
 本開示に係る膜は、例えば、薄膜状であることが好ましい。
 本開示に係る膜は、カラーフィルタや赤外線透過フィルタ等の光学フィルタ等に用いることができる。特に具体的には、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素等が挙げられる。
<Membrane>
The film according to the present disclosure is a film formed by curing the colored composition according to the present disclosure.
The curing method is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include curing by exposure to actinic rays such as ultraviolet light, and curing by heating.
The film according to the present disclosure is preferably, for example, in the form of a thin film.
The film according to the present disclosure can be used in optical filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters. In particular, it can be preferably used as color pixels of color filters. Examples of color pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels.

 本開示に係る膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できるが、0.1μm~20μmであることが好ましい。膜厚の上限は10μm以下であることがより好ましく、5μm以下であることが更に好ましく、3μm以下であることが特に好ましく、1.5μm以下であることが最も好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。 The thickness of the film according to the present disclosure can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose, but is preferably 0.1 μm to 20 μm. The upper limit of the film thickness is more preferably 10 μm or less, even more preferably 5 μm or less, particularly preferably 3 μm or less, and most preferably 1.5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.

<膜の製造方法>
 本開示に係る膜の製造方法は、特に制限はないが、本開示の着色組成物に波長150nm~400nmの光を照射する工程を含むことが好ましい。
<Membrane manufacturing method>
The method for producing a film according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but preferably includes a step of irradiating the colored composition according to the present disclosure with light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 400 nm.

 本開示に係る膜は、本開示の着色組成物を支持体に塗布する工程を経て製造できる。膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法、ドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。 The film according to the present disclosure can be produced through a process of applying the coloring composition according to the present disclosure to a support. The film production method preferably further includes a process of forming a pattern (pixels). Methods for forming the pattern (pixels) include photolithography and dry etching, with photolithography being preferred.

 フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本開示の着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する工程と、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、着色組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、及び、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。 Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a coloring composition layer on a support using the coloring composition of the present disclosure, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the coloring composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.

 着色組成物層を形成する工程では、本開示の着色組成物を用いて、支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板等が挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜等が形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層は、本開示に記載の着色組成物から着色剤を除いた組成物や、本開示記載の樹脂、重合性化合物、界面活性剤等を含む組成物等を用いて形成してもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20°~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30°~80°であることが好ましい。 In the step of forming the coloring composition layer, the coloring composition layer is formed on a support using the coloring composition of the present disclosure. The support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. A charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate. A black matrix for isolating each pixel may also be formed on the silicon substrate. A base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface. The base layer may be formed using a composition obtained by removing the colorant from the coloring composition described in the present disclosure, or a composition containing the resin, polymerizable compound, surfactant, etc. described in the present disclosure. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20° to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30° to 80° when measured with water.

 着色組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0207に記載の方法を用いることもできる。  A known method can be used to apply the coloring composition. For example, the method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.

 支持体上に形成した着色組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10秒~300秒が好ましく、40秒~250秒がより好ましく、80秒~220秒が更に好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When a film is produced by a low-temperature process, prebaking may not be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, and can also be 80°C or more. The prebaking time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.

 次に、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、着色組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機等を用いて、予め定めたマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the colored composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the colored composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like, through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to be cured.

 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、h線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)等が挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line, h-line, i-line, etc. Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred. Long-wavelength light sources of 300 nm or more can also be used.

 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 In addition, during exposure, light may be applied continuously or in pulses (pulse exposure). Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).

 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03J/cm~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05J/cm~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば、酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、又は、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、又は、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、又は、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/m等とすることができる。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 J/cm 2 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 1.0 J/cm 2. The oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or exposure may be performed under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%). The exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5,000 W/m 2 , 15,000 W/m 2 , or 35,000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, the oxygen concentration may be 10% by volume and the illuminance may be 10,000 W/m 2 , and the oxygen concentration may be 35% by volume and the illuminance may be 20,000 W/m 2 .

 次に、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。着色組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の着色組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20℃~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20秒~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、更に新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels). The unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer. As a result, the coloring composition layer in the unexposed parts in the exposure step dissolves into the developer, and only the photocured parts remain. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20°C to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds. In addition, to improve residue removal, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.

 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液等が挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。例えば、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0214に記載の現像液及び現像方法を用いることもできる。 The developer may be an organic solvent, an alkaline developer, etc., and an alkaline developer is preferably used. For example, the developer and development method described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485 may be used.

 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば、100℃~240℃が好ましく、200℃~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式又はバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development and drying, it is preferable to perform additional exposure processing or heating processing (post-baking). Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100°C to 240°C, more preferably 200°C to 240°C. Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film. When additional exposure processing is performed, it is preferable that the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. In addition, additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.

 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0216に記載の方法を用いることもできる。  The method described in paragraph 0216 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used for pattern formation using the dry etching method.

≪カラーフィルタ≫
 本開示に係るカラーフィルタは、本開示に係る膜を有する。
 カラーフィルタは、その着色画素として本開示に係る膜を有することが好ましい。
<Color filters>
The color filter according to the present disclosure has the film according to the present disclosure.
The color filter preferably has the film according to the present disclosure as its colored pixels.

 カラーフィルタにおいて本開示に係る膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下が更に好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。 The film thickness of the film disclosed herein in a color filter can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.

 カラーフィルタに含まれる画素の幅は0.4μm~10.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は、0.4μm以上であることがより好ましく、0.5μm以上であることが更に好ましく、0.6μm以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、5.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、2.0μm以下であることが更に好ましく、1.0μm以下であることが特に好ましく、0.8μm以下であることが最も好ましい。また、画素のヤング率は0.5GPa~20GPaであることが好ましく、2.5GPa~15GPaがより好ましい。 The width of the pixels included in the color filter is preferably 0.4 μm to 10.0 μm. The lower limit is more preferably 0.4 μm or more, even more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.6 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 5.0 μm or less, even more preferably 2.0 μm or less, particularly preferably 1.0 μm or less, and most preferably 0.8 μm or less. The Young's modulus of the pixels is preferably 0.5 GPa to 20 GPa, and more preferably 2.5 GPa to 15 GPa.

 カラーフィルタに含まれる各画素は高い平坦性を有することが好ましい。具体的には、画素の表面粗さRaは、100nm以下であることが好ましく、40nm以下であることがより好ましく、15nm以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は規定されないが、例えば0.1nm以上であることが好ましい。画素の表面粗さは、例えばVeeco社製のAFM(原子間力顕微鏡) Dimension3100を用いて測定することができる。また、画素上の水の接触角は適宜好ましい値に設定することができるが、典型的には、50°~110°の範囲である。接触角は、例えば接触角計CV-DT・A型(協和界面科学(株)製)を用いて測定できる。また、画素の体積抵抗値は高いことが好ましい。具体的には、画素の体積抵抗値は10Ω・cm以上であることが好ましく、1011Ω・cm以上であることがより好ましい。上限は規定されないが、例えば1014Ω・cm以下であることが好ましい。画素の体積抵抗値は、超高抵抗計5410(アドバンテスト社製)を用いて測定することができる。 Each pixel included in the color filter preferably has high flatness. Specifically, the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 15 nm or less. Although the lower limit is not specified, it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example. The surface roughness of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco. In addition, the contact angle of water on the pixel can be set to an appropriate preferred value, but is typically in the range of 50° to 110°. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT-A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). In addition, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 10 9 Ω·cm or more, more preferably 10 11 Ω·cm or more. Although the upper limit is not specified, it is preferably 10 14 Ω·cm or less, for example. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest Corporation).

 カラーフィルタにおいては、本開示に係る膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01μm~10μmが好ましく、0.1μm~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、保護層形成用の組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Si等が挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有してもよい。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 In the color filter, a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film according to the present disclosure. By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 μm to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm. Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4, etc., and may contain two or more of these components. For example, in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 . In the case of a protective layer intended to reduce reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.

 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有してもよい。有機・無機粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~70質量%が好ましく、1質量%~60質量%が更に好ましい。 The protective layer may contain additives such as organic or inorganic particles, absorbents for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet light, near infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesion agents, and surfactants, as necessary. Examples of organic or inorganic particles include polymer particles (e.g., silicone resin particles, polystyrene particles, melamine resin particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate. Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of specific wavelengths. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.

 また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 The protective layer may also be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.

 カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The color filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.

≪固体撮像素子≫
 本開示に係る固体撮像素子は、本開示に係る膜を有する。
 固体撮像素子の構成としては、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid-state imaging element>
The solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure has the film according to the present disclosure.
The configuration of the solid-state imaging element is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging element, and examples thereof include the following configurations.

 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオード及びポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオード及び転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面及びフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(すなわち、基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。
 また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。また、特開2019-211559号公報の中で示しているように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本開示に係る固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。
The configuration has a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) on a substrate, a light-shielding film on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes with only the light receiving parts of the photodiodes open, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving parts of the photodiodes, and a color filter on the device protection film.Furthermore, the configuration may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc.; the same applies below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (i.e., on the side closer to the substrate), or a configuration may have a light-collecting means on the color filter.
The color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a lattice shape. In this case, the partitions preferably have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A. In addition, as shown in JP 2019-211559 A, an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance. The imaging device including the solid-state imaging element according to the present disclosure can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices having an imaging function (such as mobile phones), as well as vehicle-mounted cameras and surveillance cameras.

≪画像表示装置≫
 本開示に係る画像表示装置は、本開示に係る膜を有する。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置等が挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」等に記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本開示が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
Image display device
The image display device according to the present disclosure has the film according to the present disclosure. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device. The definition of the image display device and details of each image display device are described, for example, in "Electronic Display Devices (by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990)" and "Display Devices (by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989)". In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994)". There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present disclosure can be applied, and the present disclosure can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".

≪式1で表される化合物≫
 本開示の化合物は、下記式1で表される。
<Compound represented by formula 1>
The compound of the present disclosure is represented by formula 1 below.

 式1中、A及びBは、それぞれ独立して、5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造を表し、Lはn価の連結基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表す。 In formula 1, A and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.

 本開示に係る≪式1で表される化合物≫における、各符号の説明は、定義、例、及び好ましい態様等を含め、≪着色組成物≫の項目に記載した<着色剤>の説明における式1と同様であるため、記載を省略する。 The explanation of each symbol in the compound represented by formula 1 according to the present disclosure, including definitions, examples, and preferred embodiments, is the same as that of formula 1 in the explanation of the colorant described in the section Coloring composition, and therefore will not be repeated.

 上記式1で表される化合物は、着色剤であることが好ましく、顔料であることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by the above formula 1 is preferably a colorant, and more preferably a pigment.

 以下に実施例を挙げて本開示を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本開示における趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本開示の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。また、本実施例において、「%」、「部」とは、特に断りのない限り、それぞれ「質量%」、「質量部」を意味する。
 なお、実施例で使用する着色剤Y-1~Y-30は、式1で表される着色剤の具体例として上述した着色剤Y-1~Y-30とそれぞれ同じ化合物である。
The present disclosure will be described in more detail below with reference to examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present disclosure. Therefore, the scope of the present disclosure is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In the present examples, "%" and "parts" mean "% by mass" and "parts by mass", respectively, unless otherwise specified.
The colorants Y-1 to Y-30 used in the examples are the same compounds as the colorants Y-1 to Y-30 described above as specific examples of the colorant represented by formula 1, respectively.

<合成例1:化合物(Y-1)の合成>
 ブチレンジアミン(化合物a-3)20.1ml(0.2mol)、シアノ酢酸エチル46.7ml(0.44mol)、エタノール40mlを内温55℃で2時間攪拌した。そののち析出した生成物を吸引ろ過し、酢酸エチル200ml、ヘキサン600mlの混合溶媒を用いてろ物を洗浄することで、ビス-シアノアセチルブチレンジアミン(化合物b-3)を単離した。収量40.0g、収率90%。
 得られたビス-シアノアセチルブチレンジアミン(化合物b-3)0.77g(3.4mmol)にジメチルホルムアミド20mlを加え、50℃に加熱しながら完溶させた後、1,3-ジイミノイソインドリン(化合物c-1)1g(6.9mmol)を加え、内温95℃で2時間攪拌した。攪拌終了後、熱いうちに吸引ろ過をし、ジメチルホルムアミド5ml、純水400mlで洗浄することで合成中間体(化合物d-1)を得た。収量1.36g、収率84%。
 合成中間体(化合物d-1)10gに、酢酸400ml、化合物e-1を9g加え、還流条件下で3時間加熱撹拌させた。反応終了後、熱いうちに吸引ろ過をし、酢酸200mL、メタノール200mlで洗浄することで、化合物(Y-1)を16.5g得た。収率90%。
 化合物(Y-1)の質量スペクトルにおける(M+H)(posi)の値は873であった。また、株式会社シゲミの同軸NMRチューブを使用し、化合物(Y-1)を98%硫酸に溶解させ、NMR測定した。H―NMR(ロック溶媒:重DMSO)1.39(4H,m)、3.22(4H,m)、7.32―7.40(6H、m)、7.64(2H、s)、7.91(2H、m)、8.45(2H、m)、12.58(2H、br-s)。
Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of compound (Y-1)
Butylenediamine (compound a-3) 20.1 ml (0.2 mol), ethyl cyanoacetate 46.7 ml (0.44 mol), and ethanol 40 ml were stirred for 2 hours at an internal temperature of 55° C. Then, the precipitated product was filtered by suction, and the residue was washed with a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate 200 ml and hexane 600 ml, to isolate bis-cyanoacetylbutylenediamine (compound b-3). Yield: 40.0 g, yield: 90%.
20 ml of dimethylformamide was added to 0.77 g (3.4 mmol) of the obtained bis-cyanoacetylbutylenediamine (compound b-3), and the mixture was completely dissolved while being heated to 50° C., after which 1 g (6.9 mmol) of 1,3-diiminoisoindoline (compound c-1) was added and stirred at an internal temperature of 95° C. for 2 hours. After stirring was completed, the mixture was subjected to suction filtration while still hot, and washed with 5 ml of dimethylformamide and 400 ml of pure water to obtain a synthetic intermediate (compound d-1). Yield: 1.36 g, yield: 84%.
400 ml of acetic acid and 9 g of compound e-1 were added to 10 g of synthetic intermediate (compound d-1), and the mixture was heated and stirred under reflux conditions for 3 hours. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered with suction while still hot, and washed with 200 ml of acetic acid and 200 ml of methanol to obtain 16.5 g of compound (Y-1). Yield: 90%.
The (M+H)(posi) value in the mass spectrum of compound (Y-1) was 873. Compound (Y-1) was dissolved in 98% sulfuric acid and subjected to NMR measurement using a coaxial NMR tube manufactured by Shigemi Co., Ltd. 1H -NMR (lock solvent: deuterated DMSO) 1.39 (4H, m), 3.22 (4H, m), 7.32-7.40 (6H, m), 7.64 (2H, s), 7.91 (2H, m), 8.45 (2H, m), 12.58 (2H, br-s).

 他の化合物Y-2~Y-33については、下記表1のとおり、それぞれの化合物a、化合物b、化合物c、化合物d、及び化合物eに変更した以外は、化合物Y-1の合成と同様に合成した。 The other compounds Y-2 to Y-33 were synthesized in the same manner as compound Y-1, except that they were replaced with compounds a, b, c, d, and e, as shown in Table 1 below.

 なお、合成されて得られた化合物Y-1~Y-33の構造は、上記≪着色組成物≫の項目において記載したとおりである。 The structures of the synthesized compounds Y-1 to Y-33 are as described above in the section entitled "Coloring Composition."

<分散液の製造>
 下記表2~4に記載の原料を混合した混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.1mm径)を用いて3時間混合及び分散した。次いで、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて圧力2,000kg/cm及び流量500g/minの条件の下、分散処理を行った。この分散処理を全10回繰り返して、分散液を得た。下記表2~4に記載の配合量を示す数値は質量部である。なお、分散剤の配合量の数値は、固形分換算での数値である。
<Preparation of Dispersion>
A mixture of the raw materials shown in Tables 2 to 4 below was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.1 mm in diameter). Next, a dispersion treatment was carried out using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 with a pressure reducing mechanism (manufactured by Japan BEE Co., Ltd.) under conditions of a pressure of 2,000 kg/ cm2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated a total of 10 times to obtain a dispersion. The numerical values showing the blending amounts shown in Tables 2 to 4 below are parts by mass. The numerical values of the blending amounts of the dispersant are numerical values converted into solid content.

 上記の分散液組成を示す表中の略語で示す素材の詳細は、下記の通りである。 Details of the materials indicated by the abbreviations in the table showing the dispersion composition above are as follows:

<着色剤>
 PR122:C.I.Pigment Red 122[キナクリドン化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR177:C.I.Pigment Red 177[アントラキノン化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR224:C.I.Pigment Red 224[ペリレン化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR254:C.I.Pigment Red 254[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR264:C.I.Pigment Red 264[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR272:C.I.Pigment Red 272[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PG36:C.I.Pigment Green 36[銅フタロシアニン錯体、緑色顔料(G顔料)]
 PG58:C.I.Pigment Green 58[亜鉛フタロシアニン錯体、緑色顔料(G顔料)]
 PG63:C.I.Pigment Green 63(特開2018-141894に記載の(PG63-1))
 PY129:C.I.Pigment Yellow 129[アゾメチン銅錯体、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY138:C.I.Pigment Yellow 138[キノフタロン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY139:C.I.Pigment Yellow 139[イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY185:C.I.Pigment Yellow 185[イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 G1:下記構造の化合物。
<Coloring Agent>
PR122: C.I. Pigment Red 122 [quinacridone compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR177: C.I. Pigment Red 177 [anthraquinone compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR224: C.I. Pigment Red 224 [perylene compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR254: C.I. Pigment Red 254 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR264: C.I. Pigment Red 264 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR272: C.I. Pigment Red 272 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PG36: C.I. Pigment Green 36 [copper phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
PG58: C.I. Pigment Green 58 [zinc phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
PG63: C.I. Pigment Green 63 ((PG63-1) described in JP-A-2018-141894)
PY129: C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 [azomethine copper complex, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY138: C.I. Pigment Yellow 138 [quinophthalone compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY139: C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY185: C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
G1: A compound having the following structure:

<顔料誘導体>
 X-1:下記化合物。
<Pigment Derivatives>
X-1: The compound shown below.

<分散剤>
 D1:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアクリレート(PGMEA)溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:24000。
<Dispersant>
D1: 30% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acrylate (PGMEA) solution of a resin having the following structure. The number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 24,000.

 D2:下記構造の樹脂の40質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw:11000。 D2: 40% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Mw: 11,000.

 D3:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:17000。 D3: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 17,000.

 D4:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:7000。 D4: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 7000.

 D5:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:16000。 D5: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The numbers added to the side chains are the number of repeating units. Mw: 16,000.

 D6:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:10000。 D6: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 10,000.

 D7:特許6432077号公報に記載のブロックポリマーEB-1。 D7: Block polymer EB-1 described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6432077.

 D8:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw:12000。 D8: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Mw: 12,000.

 D9:DISPERBYK(登録商標)-142。 D9: DISPERBYK (registered trademark) -142.

 D10:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw:6000。 D10: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Mw: 6000.

 D11:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:7500。 D11: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 7500.

<溶剤>
 S1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S2:シクロヘキサノン
 S3:酢酸ブチル
 S4:乳酸エチル
 S5:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S6:シクロペンタノン
<Solvent>
S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S2: Cyclohexanone S3: Butyl acetate S4: Ethyl lactate S5: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S6: Cyclopentanone

<重合禁止剤>
 H1:p-メトキシフェノール
<Polymerization inhibitor>
H1: p-Methoxyphenol

<着色組成物の製造>
 上記表2~4に記載の分散液を用いて、下記表5~10のとおり、各実施例及び比較例の着色組成物をそれぞれ調製した。なお下記表5~10に記載の配合量を示す数値は質量部である。
<Production of Colored Composition>
Using the dispersions shown in Tables 2 to 4, colored compositions of the examples and comparative examples were prepared as shown in Tables 5 to 10. The numerical values showing the blending amounts shown in Tables 5 to 10 are parts by mass.

 上記の着色組成物の組成を示す表中の略語で示す素材の詳細は、下記の通りである。 Details of the materials indicated by the abbreviations in the table showing the composition of the above coloring composition are as follows:

<バインダー>
 バインダーにおける略語で示す素材の詳細は、上記した<分散剤>における略語で示す素材の詳細と同様である。
<Binder>
Details of the materials indicated by the abbreviations in the binder are the same as those of the materials indicated by the abbreviations in the <Dispersant> described above.

<重合性化合物>
 M1:重合性モノマーである、下記化合物。
<Polymerizable Compound>
M1: The following compound, which is a polymerizable monomer.

 M2:下記化合物。 M2: The compound below.

 M3:下記化合物。 M3: The compound below.

 M4:コハク酸変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(酸価 67mgKOH/g) M4: Succinic acid modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (acid value 67 mg KOH/g)

 M5:下記化合物。 M5: The following compound.

 M6:下記化合物。 M6: The compound below.

<光重合開始剤>
 F1:下記化合物。
<Photopolymerization initiator>
F1: The compound below.

 F2:下記化合物。 F2: The following compound.

 F3:下記化合物。 F3: The following compound.

 F4:下記化合物。 F4: The following compound.

 F5:下記化合物。 F5: The following compound.

 F6:下記化合物。 F6: The following compound.

<界面活性剤>
 W1:下記化合物。
<Surfactant>
W1: The compound below.

 W2:下記化合物。 W2: The compound below.

<紫外線吸収剤>
 UV1:下記化合物。
<Ultraviolet absorbing agent>
UV1: The following compound.

 UV2:下記化合物。 UV2: The following compounds.

<エポキシ化合物>
 G1:下記化合物。
<Epoxy Compound>
G1: The compound below.

<酸化防止剤>
 I1:下記化合物。
<Antioxidants>
I1: The following compound.

≪評価≫
 調製した各着色組成物を用いて、以下の項目について評価を行った。評価の結果は表5~10に示す。
Evaluation
The prepared colored compositions were evaluated for the following items. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 5 to 10.

<耐熱性>
 ガラス基板上にCT-4000(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)を膜厚が0.1μmとなるようにスピンコート法で塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で1時間加熱して下地層を形成した。この下地層付きのガラス基板上に各着色組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、その後、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱して塗布膜を得た。得られた塗布膜について、365nmの波長の光を照射し、露光量500mJ/cmにて露光を行った。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で5分間加熱して、膜厚0.5μmの硬化膜を得た。得られた硬化膜について、大塚電子(株)製の瞬間マルチ測光システムMCPD-3000を用い、400~700nmの範囲の光透過率(透過率)を測定した。次に、上記で作製した硬化膜を265℃で5分間加熱した。加熱後の硬化膜の透過率を測定し、透過率の変化量の最大値を求め、以下の評価基準にて耐熱性を評価した。透過率の測定は各試料につき5回行い、最大値と最小値を除いた3回の結果の平均値を採用した。また、透過率の変化量の最大値とは、加熱前後の硬化膜の、波長400~700nmの範囲における透過率の変化量が最も大きい波長における変化量を意味する。なお表10中、*は、透過率を測定しなかったことを示す。
<Heat resistance>
CT-4000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to a glass substrate by spin coating so that the film thickness was 0.1 μm, and heated at 220 ° C. for 1 hour using a hot plate to form an undercoat layer. Each coloring composition was applied to the glass substrate with the undercoat layer by spin coating, and then heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a coating film. The obtained coating film was irradiated with light having a wavelength of 365 nm and exposed at an exposure dose of 500 mJ / cm 2. Next, the film was heated at 220 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a cured film with a film thickness of 0.5 μm. The obtained cured film was measured for light transmittance (transmittance) in the range of 400 to 700 nm using an instantaneous multi-photometering system MCPD-3000 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. Next, the cured film prepared above was heated at 265 ° C. for 5 minutes. The transmittance of the cured film after heating was measured to determine the maximum change in transmittance, and the heat resistance was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The transmittance was measured five times for each sample, and the average of the three results excluding the maximum and minimum values was used. The maximum change in transmittance means the change in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm at which the change in transmittance of the cured film was the largest before and after heating. In Table 10, * indicates that the transmittance was not measured.

(評価基準)
  A:透過率の変化量が5%未満である。
  B:透過率の変化量が5%以上10%未満である。
  C:透過率の変化量が10%以上である。
(Evaluation Criteria)
A: The change in transmittance is less than 5%.
B: The change in transmittance is 5% or more and less than 10%.
C: The change in transmittance is 10% or more.

<耐熱拡散性>
 下塗り層付き8インチ(203.2mm)のガラスウェハ上に、各着色組成物をポストベーク後の膜厚が0.5μmの膜厚となるようにスピンコート法で塗布し、次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で2分間加熱して着色組成物層を得た。
 次いで、この着色組成物層に対して、i線ステッパー露光装置(FPA-3000i5+、キヤノン(株)製)を用い、1000mJ/cmの露光量で5.0μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して露光した。次いで、露光後の着色組成物層が形成されているガラスウェハをスピン・シャワー現像機(DW-30型、(株)ケミトロニクス製)の水平回転テーブル上に載置し、現像液(CD-2000(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)の60%希釈液)を用いて23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、ガラスウェハを真空チャック方式で水平回転テーブルに固定し、回転装置によってガラスウェハを回転数50rpmで回転させつつ、その回転の中心上方より純水を噴出ノズルからシャワー状に供給してリンス処理を行い、スプレー乾燥した。さらに、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、画素1を形成した。
 次に、上記画素1が形成されたガラスウェハ上に、耐熱拡散性評価用の着色組成物を用い、ガラスウェハ上の上記画素1の抜け部に、画素1と同様の方法で画素2を形成した。この画素2について、顕微システム(LVmicro V、ラムダビジョン(株)製)を用いて波長400nm~700nmの範囲の透過率(分光1)を測定した。
 その後、画素1及び画素2が形成されたガラスウェハを空気雰囲気下のホットプレートを用いて260℃で5分加熱した後、画素2について顕微システム(LVmicro V、ラムダビジョン(株)製)を用いて波長400nm~700nmの範囲の透過率(分光2)を測定した。
 画素2の分光1と分光2とを用いて透過率の変化量の最大値を求め、以下の基準で耐熱拡散性を評価した。透過率の測定は、各試料につき5回行い、最大値と最小値を除いた3回の結果の平均値を採用した。また、透過率の変化量の最大値とは、加熱前後の画素2の、波長400~700nmの範囲における透過率の変化量が最も大きい波長における変化量を意味する。
 なお、耐熱拡散性評価用の着色組成物には、以下に示す青色着色組成物1を用いた。
<Heat resistance>
Each coloring composition was applied by spin coating onto an 8-inch (203.2 mm) glass wafer with an undercoat layer so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.5 μm, and then heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a coloring composition layer.
Next, this colored composition layer was exposed to light through a mask of a 5.0 μm square dot pattern at an exposure dose of 1000 mJ/cm 2 using an i-line stepper exposure device (FPA-3000i5+, manufactured by Canon Inc.). Next, the glass wafer on which the colored composition layer after exposure was formed was placed on the horizontal rotating table of a spin-shower developer (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and paddle development was performed for 60 seconds at 23 ° C. using a developer (60% diluted solution of CD-2000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.)). Thereafter, the glass wafer was fixed to the horizontal rotating table by a vacuum chuck method, and while rotating the glass wafer at a rotation speed of 50 rpm by a rotating device, pure water was supplied from a spray nozzle in a shower-like manner from above the center of the rotation to perform a rinse treatment, and spray-dried. Furthermore, a heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200 ° C. to form a pixel 1.
Next, on the glass wafer on which the pixel 1 was formed, a colored composition for evaluating thermal diffusion resistance was used to form pixel 2 in the missing portion of pixel 1 on the glass wafer in the same manner as pixel 1. For pixel 2, the transmittance (spectral spectrum 1) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm was measured using a microscopy system (LVmicro V, manufactured by Lambda Vision Co., Ltd.).
Thereafter, the glass wafer on which pixel 1 and pixel 2 were formed was heated at 260° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate in an air atmosphere, and then the transmittance (spectral spectrum 2) of pixel 2 in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm was measured using a microscopy system (LVmicro V, manufactured by Lambda Vision Co., Ltd.).
The maximum change in transmittance was determined using spectrum 1 and spectrum 2 of pixel 2, and the thermal diffusion resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria. The transmittance was measured five times for each sample, and the average of the three results excluding the maximum and minimum values was used. The maximum change in transmittance refers to the change in the wavelength at which the change in transmittance of pixel 2 was the largest before and after heating in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
As the colored composition for evaluating the thermal diffusion resistance, blue colored composition 1 shown below was used.

(評価基準)
  A:透過率の変化量の最大値が3%未満である。
  B:透過率の変化量の最大値が3%以上5%未満である。
  C:透過率の変化量の最大値が5%以上である。
(Evaluation Criteria)
A: The maximum change in transmittance is less than 3%.
B: The maximum change in transmittance is 3% or more and less than 5%.
C: The maximum change in transmittance is 5% or more.

(熱拡散評価用の青色着色組成物1)
 C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6の118.5質量部と、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23の29.6質量部と、分散剤D12の51.9質量部と、溶剤S1の800質量部とを混合して混合液を得た。得られた混合液を、循環型分散装置(ビーズミル)として寿工業株式会社製のウルトラアペックスミル(商品名)を用いて分散処理を行い、分散液B1を得た。得られた分散液B1の固形分は20.0質量%であった。
 分散液B1の85.14質量部と、バインダーD8の0.05質量部と、光重合開始剤F3の0.90質量部と、重合禁止剤H1の0.01質量部と、界面活性剤W1の0.01質量部と、溶剤S1の13.89質量部とを混合して青色着色組成物1を調製した。
 なお、溶剤S1、分散剤D12、バインダーD8、光重合開始剤F3、重合禁止剤H1、界面活性剤W1は、それぞれ上述した素材である。
(Blue colored composition 1 for thermal diffusion evaluation)
118.5 parts by mass of C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6, 29.6 parts by mass of C.I. Pigment Violet 23, 51.9 parts by mass of dispersant D12, and 800 parts by mass of solvent S1 were mixed to obtain a mixed liquid. The obtained mixed liquid was subjected to a dispersion treatment using Ultra Apex Mill (trade name) manufactured by Kotobuki Industries Co., Ltd. as a circulation type dispersion device (bead mill), to obtain a dispersion liquid B1. The solid content of the obtained dispersion liquid B1 was 20.0% by mass.
A blue colored composition 1 was prepared by mixing 85.14 parts by mass of the dispersion B1, 0.05 parts by mass of the binder D8, 0.90 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator F3, 0.01 parts by mass of the polymerization inhibitor H1, 0.01 parts by mass of the surfactant W1, and 13.89 parts by mass of the solvent S1.
The solvent S1, the dispersant D12, the binder D8, the photopolymerization initiator F3, the polymerization inhibitor H1, and the surfactant W1 are the materials described above.

 上記表5~10に示されるように、実施例の着色組成物は、比較例の着色組成物よりも、高耐熱性を有し、他画素への熱拡散性が低いものであった。 As shown in Tables 5 to 10 above, the coloring compositions of the examples had higher heat resistance and lower thermal diffusion to other pixels than the coloring compositions of the comparative examples.

 2023年8月14日に出願された日本出願特願2023-132118の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。 The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2023-132118, filed on August 14, 2023, is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. All documents, patent applications, and technical standards described herein are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if each individual document, patent application, and technical standard was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

Claims (11)

 下記式1で表される着色剤、樹脂、及び溶剤を含む着色組成物。

 前記式1中、A及びBは、それぞれ独立して、5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造を表し、Lはn価の連結基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表す。
A coloring composition comprising a colorant represented by the following formula 1, a resin, and a solvent.

In the formula 1, A and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.
 前記式1中、nは2又は3である、請求項1に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein in formula 1, n is 2 or 3.  前記式1中、A及びBは6員環の単環状構造である、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein A and B in formula 1 are 6-membered monocyclic structures.  前記式1中、Lは炭素数2~15の2価の連結基である、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の着色組成物。 3. The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein in formula 1, L 1 is a divalent linking group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms.  さらに、光重合開始剤及び重合性化合物を含む、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.  さらに、緑色着色剤及び赤色着色剤の少なくとも一方を含む、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising at least one of a green colorant and a red colorant.  請求項1又は請求項2に記載の着色組成物を硬化してなる膜。 A film formed by curing the coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2.  請求項7に記載の膜を有するカラーフィルタ。 A color filter having the film according to claim 7.  請求項7に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device having the film according to claim 7.  請求項7に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。 An image display device having the film according to claim 7.  下記式1で表される化合物。

 前記式1中、A及びBは、それぞれ独立して、5員環以上の単環状構造又は多環状構造を表し、Lはn価の連結基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表す。
A compound represented by the following formula 1.

In the formula 1, A and B each independently represent a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure having 5 or more members, L1 represents an n-valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 2 or more.
PCT/JP2024/022027 2023-08-14 2024-06-18 Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, and compound WO2025037477A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023132118 2023-08-14
JP2023-132118 2023-08-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025037477A1 true WO2025037477A1 (en) 2025-02-20

Family

ID=94632813

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2024/022027 WO2025037477A1 (en) 2023-08-14 2024-06-18 Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, and compound

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202506904A (en)
WO (1) WO2025037477A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5283362A (en) * 1975-12-29 1977-07-12 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Synthesis of isoindoline derivative pigment
JP2006513295A (en) * 2003-01-21 2006-04-20 クラリアント・ゲーエムベーハー β-isoindigo colorant
JP2006522177A (en) * 2003-03-27 2006-09-28 クラリアント・プロドゥクテ(ドイチュラント)ゲーエムベーハー Heterocyclic dyes based on benzodipyrrole

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5283362A (en) * 1975-12-29 1977-07-12 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Synthesis of isoindoline derivative pigment
JP2006513295A (en) * 2003-01-21 2006-04-20 クラリアント・ゲーエムベーハー β-isoindigo colorant
JP2006522177A (en) * 2003-03-27 2006-09-28 クラリアント・プロドゥクテ(ドイチュラント)ゲーエムベーハー Heterocyclic dyes based on benzodipyrrole

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202506904A (en) 2025-02-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2024190447A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024004619A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
JP2024071438A (en) Coloring composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device and kit
WO2024004425A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2023243414A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023176335A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023120431A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical element, image sensor, solid state imaging element, image display apparatus, and pigment for color filter
WO2025037477A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, and compound
WO2024262354A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2024262356A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024166734A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2024262355A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024171895A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024004390A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024111393A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured article, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024181520A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024004426A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024181118A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024058001A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2025154520A1 (en) Photocurable composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2025013625A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2025013624A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024048337A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024171841A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2024135427A1 (en) Method for producing optical filter and method for producing solid-state imaging element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24854068

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1